]> code.delx.au - gnu-emacs/blob - src/w32term.c
(last_mousemove_x, last_mousemove_y): New variables.
[gnu-emacs] / src / w32term.c
1 /* Implementation of GUI terminal on the Microsoft W32 API.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
6
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
10 any later version.
11
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
16
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
21
22 #include <config.h>
23 #include <signal.h>
24 #include <stdio.h>
25 #include <stdlib.h>
26 #include "lisp.h"
27 #include "charset.h"
28 #include "blockinput.h"
29
30 #include "w32heap.h"
31 #include "w32term.h"
32 #include "w32bdf.h"
33 #include <shellapi.h>
34
35 #include "systty.h"
36 #include "systime.h"
37 #include "atimer.h"
38 #include "keymap.h"
39
40 #include <ctype.h>
41 #include <errno.h>
42 #include <setjmp.h>
43 #include <sys/stat.h>
44
45 #include "keyboard.h"
46 #include "frame.h"
47 #include "dispextern.h"
48 #include "fontset.h"
49 #include "termhooks.h"
50 #include "termopts.h"
51 #include "termchar.h"
52 #include "gnu.h"
53 #include "disptab.h"
54 #include "buffer.h"
55 #include "window.h"
56 #include "intervals.h"
57 #include "composite.h"
58 #include "coding.h"
59
60 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
61
62 #define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER))
63
64 \f
65 /* Fringe bitmaps. */
66
67 enum fringe_bitmap_type
68 {
69 NO_FRINGE_BITMAP,
70 LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP,
71 RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP,
72 OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP,
73 CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP,
74 CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP,
75 ZV_LINE_BITMAP
76 };
77
78 /* Bitmaps are all unsigned short, as Windows requires bitmap data to
79 be Word aligned. For some reason they are horizontally reflected
80 compared to how they appear on X, so changes in xterm.c should be
81 reflected here. */
82
83 /* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if
84 `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */
85
86 #define zv_width 8
87 #define zv_height 72
88 #define zv_period 3
89 static unsigned short zv_bits[] = {
90 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
91 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
92 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
93 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
94 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
95 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
96 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00,
97 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00, 0x00, 0x3c, 0x00};
98 static HBITMAP zv_bmp;
99
100 /* An arrow like this: `<-'. */
101
102 #define left_width 8
103 #define left_height 8
104 static unsigned short left_bits[] = {
105 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18};
106 static HBITMAP left_bmp;
107
108 /* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */
109
110 #define right_width 8
111 #define right_height 8
112 static unsigned short right_bits[] = {
113 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18};
114 static HBITMAP right_bmp;
115
116 /* Marker for continued lines. */
117
118 #define continued_width 8
119 #define continued_height 8
120 static unsigned short continued_bits[] = {
121 0x3c, 0x3e, 0x03, 0x27, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x3e};
122 static HBITMAP continued_bmp;
123
124 /* Marker for continuation lines. */
125
126 #define continuation_width 8
127 #define continuation_height 8
128 static unsigned short continuation_bits[] = {
129 0x3c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x7c};
130 static HBITMAP continuation_bmp;
131
132 /* Overlay arrow bitmap. */
133
134 #if 0
135 /* A bomb. */
136 #define ov_width 8
137 #define ov_height 8
138 static unsigned short ov_bits[] = {
139 0x0c, 0x10, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x5e, 0x5e, 0x46, 0x3c};
140 #else
141 /* A triangular arrow. */
142 #define ov_width 8
143 #define ov_height 8
144 static unsigned short ov_bits[] = {
145 0xc0, 0xf0, 0xf8, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0xf8, 0xf0, 0xc0};
146 #endif
147 static HBITMAP ov_bmp;
148
149 extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo;
150
151 \f
152 /* Non-nil means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
153
154 Lisp_Object Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars;
155
156 /* If a string, w32_read_socket generates an event to display that string.
157 (The display is done in read_char.) */
158
159 static Lisp_Object help_echo;
160 static Lisp_Object help_echo_window;
161 static Lisp_Object help_echo_object;
162 static int help_echo_pos;
163
164 /* Temporary variables for w32_read_socket. */
165
166 static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo;
167 static int last_mousemove_x = 0;
168 static int last_mousemove_y = 0;
169
170 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
171 start. */
172
173 static int any_help_event_p;
174
175 /* Non-zero means autoselect window with the mouse cursor. */
176
177 int mouse_autoselect_window;
178
179 /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
180 under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
181 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */
182
183 int x_stretch_cursor_p;
184
185 /* Non-zero means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties. */
186
187 int x_use_underline_position_properties;
188
189 extern unsigned int msh_mousewheel;
190
191 extern void free_frame_menubar ();
192
193 extern int w32_codepage_for_font (char *fontname);
194
195 extern glyph_metric *w32_BDF_TextMetric(bdffont *fontp,
196 unsigned char *text, int dim);
197 extern Lisp_Object Vwindow_system;
198
199 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
200 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
201
202 \f
203 /* This is display since w32 does not support multiple ones. */
204 struct w32_display_info one_w32_display_info;
205 struct w32_display_info *x_display_list;
206
207 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME . FONT-LIST-CACHE),
208 one for each element of w32_display_list and in the same order.
209 NAME is the name of the frame.
210 FONT-LIST-CACHE records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
211 Lisp_Object w32_display_name_list;
212
213 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
214 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the
215 w32 functions. It is zero while not inside an update.
216 In that case, the w32 functions assume that `SELECTED_FRAME ()'
217 is the frame to apply to. */
218 extern struct frame *updating_frame;
219
220 /* This is a frame waiting to be autoraised, within w32_read_socket. */
221 struct frame *pending_autoraise_frame;
222
223 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
224 HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
225 X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */
226
227 struct cursor_pos output_cursor;
228
229 /* The handle of the frame that currently owns the system caret. */
230 HWND w32_system_caret_hwnd;
231 int w32_system_caret_height;
232 int w32_system_caret_x;
233 int w32_system_caret_y;
234 int w32_use_visible_system_caret;
235
236 /* Flag to enable Unicode output in case users wish to use programs
237 like Twinbridge on '95 rather than installed system level support
238 for Far East languages. */
239 int w32_enable_unicode_output;
240
241 DWORD dwWindowsThreadId = 0;
242 HANDLE hWindowsThread = NULL;
243 DWORD dwMainThreadId = 0;
244 HANDLE hMainThread = NULL;
245
246 #ifndef SIF_ALL
247 /* These definitions are new with Windows 95. */
248 #define SIF_RANGE 0x0001
249 #define SIF_PAGE 0x0002
250 #define SIF_POS 0x0004
251 #define SIF_DISABLENOSCROLL 0x0008
252 #define SIF_TRACKPOS 0x0010
253 #define SIF_ALL (SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS | SIF_TRACKPOS)
254
255 typedef struct tagSCROLLINFO
256 {
257 UINT cbSize;
258 UINT fMask;
259 int nMin;
260 int nMax;
261 UINT nPage;
262 int nPos;
263 int nTrackPos;
264 } SCROLLINFO, FAR *LPSCROLLINFO;
265 typedef SCROLLINFO CONST FAR *LPCSCROLLINFO;
266 #endif /* SIF_ALL */
267
268 /* Dynamic linking to new proportional scroll bar functions. */
269 int (PASCAL *pfnSetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi, BOOL fRedraw);
270 BOOL (PASCAL *pfnGetScrollInfo) (HWND hwnd, int fnBar, LPSCROLLINFO lpsi);
271
272 int vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle;
273 int vertical_scroll_bar_top_border;
274 int vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border;
275
276 int last_scroll_bar_drag_pos;
277
278 /* Mouse movement. */
279
280 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
281
282 FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame;
283 static RECT last_mouse_glyph;
284 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame;
285
286 Lisp_Object Vw32_num_mouse_buttons;
287
288 Lisp_Object Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons;
289
290 /* Control whether x_raise_frame also sets input focus. */
291 Lisp_Object Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise;
292
293 /* Control whether Caps Lock affects non-ascii characters. */
294 Lisp_Object Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock;
295
296 /* Control whether right-alt and left-ctrl should be recognized as AltGr. */
297 Lisp_Object Vw32_recognize_altgr;
298
299 /* The scroll bar in which the last motion event occurred.
300
301 If the last motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this
302 so w32_mouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
303 an ordinary motion.
304
305 If the last motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set this
306 to Qnil, to tell w32_mouse_position to return an ordinary motion event. */
307 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar;
308 static int last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos;
309
310 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that w32_mouse_position would
311 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
312 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
313 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
314 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
315 it's somewhat accurate. */
316
317 static Time last_mouse_movement_time;
318
319 /* Incremented by w32_read_socket whenever it really tries to read
320 events. */
321
322 #ifdef __STDC__
323 static int volatile input_signal_count;
324 #else
325 static int input_signal_count;
326 #endif
327
328 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args, Vsystem_name;
329
330 extern Lisp_Object Qface, Qmouse_face;
331
332 #ifndef USE_CRT_DLL
333 extern int errno;
334 #endif
335
336 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
337
338 extern EMACS_INT extra_keyboard_modifiers;
339
340 /* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing
341 glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */
342
343 enum draw_glyphs_face
344 {
345 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT,
346 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO,
347 DRAW_CURSOR,
348 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE,
349 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED,
350 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
351 };
352
353 static void x_update_window_end P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
354 static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy P_ ((struct window *, int *, int *));
355 void w32_delete_display P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
356 static int fast_find_position P_ ((struct window *, int, int *, int *,
357 int *, int *, Lisp_Object));
358 static int fast_find_string_pos P_ ((struct window *, int, Lisp_Object,
359 int *, int *, int *, int *, int));
360 static void set_output_cursor P_ ((struct cursor_pos *));
361 static struct glyph *x_y_to_hpos_vpos P_ ((struct window *, int, int,
362 int *, int *, int *, int));
363 static void note_mode_line_highlight P_ ((struct window *, int, int));
364 static void note_mouse_highlight P_ ((struct frame *, int, int));
365 static void note_tool_bar_highlight P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int));
366 static void w32_handle_tool_bar_click P_ ((struct frame *,
367 struct input_event *));
368 static void show_mouse_face P_ ((struct w32_display_info *,
369 enum draw_glyphs_face));
370 static int cursor_in_mouse_face_p P_ ((struct window *));
371 static int clear_mouse_face P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
372
373 void x_lower_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
374 void x_scroll_bar_clear P_ ((struct frame *));
375 void x_wm_set_size_hint P_ ((struct frame *, long, int));
376 void x_raise_frame P_ ((struct frame *));
377 void x_set_window_size P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int));
378 void x_wm_set_window_state P_ ((struct frame *, int));
379 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap P_ ((struct frame *, int));
380 void w32_initialize P_ ((void));
381 static void x_font_min_bounds P_ ((XFontStruct *, int *, int *));
382 int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds P_ ((struct frame *));
383 static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph P_ ((struct window *,
384 struct glyph_row *,
385 enum draw_glyphs_face));
386 static void x_update_end P_ ((struct frame *));
387 static void w32_frame_up_to_date P_ ((struct frame *));
388 static void w32_set_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
389 static void w32_reset_terminal_modes P_ ((void));
390 static void w32_cursor_to P_ ((int, int, int, int));
391 static void x_write_glyphs P_ ((struct glyph *, int));
392 static void x_clear_end_of_line P_ ((int));
393 static void x_clear_frame P_ ((void));
394 static void x_clear_cursor P_ ((struct window *));
395 static void frame_highlight P_ ((struct frame *));
396 static void frame_unhighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
397 static void x_new_focus_frame P_ ((struct w32_display_info *,
398 struct frame *));
399 static void w32_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct frame *));
400 static void x_frame_rehighlight P_ ((struct w32_display_info *));
401 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *));
402 static void x_draw_bar_cursor P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *, int,
403 enum text_cursor_kinds));
404 static void expose_frame P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int));
405 static int expose_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
406 static void expose_overlaps P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
407 struct glyph_row *));
408 static int expose_window P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
409 static void expose_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
410 RECT *, enum glyph_row_area));
411 static int expose_line P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
412 RECT *));
413 void x_update_cursor P_ ((struct frame *, int));
414 static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree P_ ((struct window *, int));
415 static void x_update_window_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int));
416 static void x_erase_phys_cursor P_ ((struct window *));
417 void x_display_cursor P_ ((struct window *w, int, int, int, int, int));
418 void x_display_and_set_cursor P_ ((struct window *, int, int, int, int, int));
419 static void w32_draw_fringe_bitmap P_ ((struct window *, HDC hdc,
420 struct glyph_row *,
421 enum fringe_bitmap_type, int left_p));
422 static void w32_clip_to_row P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
423 HDC, int));
424 static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p P_ ((struct window *, RECT *));
425 static void x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps P_ ((struct window *,
426 struct glyph_row *));
427 static void notice_overwritten_cursor P_ ((struct window *,
428 enum glyph_row_area,
429 int, int, int, int));
430
431 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms;
432
433 \f
434 /***********************************************************************
435 Debugging
436 ***********************************************************************/
437
438 #if 0
439
440 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
441 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
442
443 struct record
444 {
445 char *locus;
446 int type;
447 };
448
449 struct record event_record[100];
450
451 int event_record_index;
452
453 record_event (locus, type)
454 char *locus;
455 int type;
456 {
457 if (event_record_index == sizeof (event_record) / sizeof (struct record))
458 event_record_index = 0;
459
460 event_record[event_record_index].locus = locus;
461 event_record[event_record_index].type = type;
462 event_record_index++;
463 }
464
465 #endif /* 0 */
466 \f
467
468 void XChangeGC (void * ignore, XGCValues* gc, unsigned long mask,
469 XGCValues *xgcv)
470 {
471 if (mask & GCForeground)
472 gc->foreground = xgcv->foreground;
473 if (mask & GCBackground)
474 gc->background = xgcv->background;
475 if (mask & GCFont)
476 gc->font = xgcv->font;
477 }
478
479 XGCValues *XCreateGC (void * ignore, Window window, unsigned long mask,
480 XGCValues *xgcv)
481 {
482 XGCValues *gc = (XGCValues *) xmalloc (sizeof (XGCValues));
483 bzero (gc, sizeof (XGCValues));
484
485 XChangeGC (ignore, gc, mask, xgcv);
486
487 return gc;
488 }
489
490 void XGetGCValues (void* ignore, XGCValues *gc,
491 unsigned long mask, XGCValues *xgcv)
492 {
493 XChangeGC (ignore, xgcv, mask, gc);
494 }
495
496 static void
497 w32_set_clip_rectangle (HDC hdc, RECT *rect)
498 {
499 if (rect)
500 {
501 HRGN clip_region = CreateRectRgnIndirect (rect);
502 SelectClipRgn (hdc, clip_region);
503 DeleteObject (clip_region);
504 }
505 else
506 SelectClipRgn (hdc, NULL);
507 }
508
509
510 /* Draw a hollow rectangle at the specified position. */
511 void
512 w32_draw_rectangle (HDC hdc, XGCValues *gc, int x, int y,
513 int width, int height)
514 {
515 HBRUSH hb, oldhb;
516 HPEN hp, oldhp;
517
518 hb = CreateSolidBrush (gc->background);
519 hp = CreatePen (PS_SOLID, 0, gc->foreground);
520 oldhb = SelectObject (hdc, hb);
521 oldhp = SelectObject (hdc, hp);
522
523 Rectangle (hdc, x, y, x + width, y + height);
524
525 SelectObject (hdc, oldhb);
526 SelectObject (hdc, oldhp);
527 DeleteObject (hb);
528 DeleteObject (hp);
529 }
530
531 /* Draw a filled rectangle at the specified position. */
532 void
533 w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, pix, lprect)
534 FRAME_PTR f;
535 HDC hdc;
536 COLORREF pix;
537 RECT * lprect;
538 {
539 HBRUSH hb;
540
541 hb = CreateSolidBrush (pix);
542 FillRect (hdc, lprect, hb);
543 DeleteObject (hb);
544 }
545
546 void
547 w32_clear_window (f)
548 FRAME_PTR f;
549 {
550 RECT rect;
551 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
552
553 /* Under certain conditions, this can be called at startup with
554 a console frame pointer before the GUI frame is created. An HDC
555 of 0 indicates this. */
556 if (hdc)
557 {
558 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
559 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect);
560 }
561
562 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
563 }
564
565 \f
566 /***********************************************************************
567 Starting and ending an update
568 ***********************************************************************/
569
570 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
571 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
572 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
573 each window being updated. */
574
575 static void
576 x_update_begin (f)
577 struct frame *f;
578 {
579 struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
580
581 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
582 return;
583
584 /* Regenerate display palette before drawing if list of requested
585 colors has changed. */
586 if (display_info->regen_palette)
587 {
588 w32_regenerate_palette (f);
589 display_info->regen_palette = FALSE;
590 }
591 }
592
593
594 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
595 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
596 position of W. */
597
598 static void
599 x_update_window_begin (w)
600 struct window *w;
601 {
602 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
603 struct w32_display_info *display_info = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
604
605 /* Hide the system caret during an update. */
606 if (w32_use_visible_system_caret)
607 SendMessage (w32_system_caret_hwnd, WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET, 0, 0);
608
609 updated_window = w;
610 set_output_cursor (&w->cursor);
611
612 BLOCK_INPUT;
613
614 if (f == display_info->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
615 {
616 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
617 display_info->mouse_face_defer = 1;
618
619 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
620 highlighting. */
621 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
622 display_info->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
623
624 #if 0 /* Rows in a current matrix containing glyphs in mouse-face have
625 their mouse_face_p flag set, which means that they are always
626 unequal to rows in a desired matrix which never have that
627 flag set. So, rows containing mouse-face glyphs are never
628 scrolled, and we don't have to switch the mouse highlight off
629 here to prevent it from being scrolled. */
630
631 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
632 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
633 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
634 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
635 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
636 if (!NILP (display_info->mouse_face_window)
637 && w == XWINDOW (display_info->mouse_face_window))
638 {
639 int i;
640
641 for (i = 0; i < w->desired_matrix->nrows; ++i)
642 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w->desired_matrix, i))
643 break;
644
645 if (i < w->desired_matrix->nrows)
646 clear_mouse_face (display_info);
647 }
648 #endif /* 0 */
649 }
650
651 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
652 }
653
654
655 /* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
656 have vertical scroll bars. */
657
658 static void
659 x_draw_vertical_border (w)
660 struct window *w;
661 {
662 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
663
664 /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't
665 do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
666 right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
667 neighbor will suffice as a border. */
668 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w)
669 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
670 {
671 RECT r;
672 HDC hdc;
673
674 window_box_edges (w, -1, (int *) &r.left, (int *) &r.top,
675 (int *) &r.right, (int *) &r.bottom);
676 r.left = r.right + FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
677 r.right = r.left + 1;
678 r.bottom -= 1;
679
680 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
681 w32_fill_rect (f, hdc, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f), &r);
682 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
683 }
684 }
685
686
687 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
688
689 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
690 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
691
692 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
693 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
694 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
695
696 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
697 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
698 here. */
699
700 static void
701 x_update_window_end (w, cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p)
702 struct window *w;
703 int cursor_on_p, mouse_face_overwritten_p;
704 {
705 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo
706 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
707
708 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
709 {
710 BLOCK_INPUT;
711
712 if (cursor_on_p)
713 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, 1, output_cursor.hpos,
714 output_cursor.vpos,
715 output_cursor.x, output_cursor.y);
716
717 x_draw_vertical_border (w);
718 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
719 }
720
721 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
722 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
723 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p)
724 {
725 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
726 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
727 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
728 }
729
730 /* Unhide the caret. This won't actually show the cursor, unless it
731 was visible before the corresponding call to HideCaret in
732 x_update_window_begin. */
733 if (w32_use_visible_system_caret)
734 SendMessage (w32_system_caret_hwnd, WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET, 0, 0);
735
736 updated_window = NULL;
737 }
738
739
740 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
741 update_end. */
742
743 static void
744 x_update_end (f)
745 struct frame *f;
746 {
747 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
748 return;
749
750 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
751 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->mouse_face_defer = 0;
752 }
753
754
755 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
756 complete update has been performed. The global variable
757 updated_window is not available here. */
758
759 static void
760 w32_frame_up_to_date (f)
761 struct frame *f;
762 {
763 if (FRAME_W32_P (f))
764 {
765 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
766 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc
767 || f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
768 {
769 BLOCK_INPUT;
770 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
771 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame,
772 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x,
773 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y);
774 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
775 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
776 }
777 }
778 }
779
780
781 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
782 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
783 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
784 found in updated_window. This function is called from
785 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
786 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
787
788 static void
789 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row)
790 struct glyph_row *desired_row;
791 {
792 struct window *w = updated_window;
793 struct frame *f;
794 int width, height;
795
796 xassert (w);
797
798 if (!desired_row->mode_line_p && !w->pseudo_window_p)
799 {
800 BLOCK_INPUT;
801 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, desired_row);
802 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
803 }
804
805 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
806 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
807 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
808 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
809 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
810 overhead is very small. */
811 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
812 && desired_row->full_width_p
813 && (f = XFRAME (w->frame),
814 width = FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f),
815 width != 0)
816 && (height = desired_row->visible_height,
817 height > 0))
818 {
819 int y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (0, desired_row->y));
820 /* Internal border is drawn below the tool bar. */
821 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
822 && w == XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window))
823 y -= width;
824
825 BLOCK_INPUT;
826 {
827 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
828 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, 0, y, width, height);
829 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, f->output_data.w32->pixel_width - width,
830 y, width, height);
831 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
832 }
833 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
834 }
835 }
836
837
838 /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the left or right fringes of
839 window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it
840 determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be
841 drawn. */
842
843 static void
844 w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, hdc, row, which, left_p)
845 struct window *w;
846 HDC hdc;
847 struct glyph_row *row;
848 enum fringe_bitmap_type which;
849 int left_p;
850 {
851 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
852 HDC compat_hdc;
853 int x, y, wd, h, dy;
854 int b1, b2;
855 HBITMAP pixmap;
856 HANDLE horig_obj;
857 struct face *face;
858
859 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
860 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, 1);
861
862 /* Convert row to frame coordinates. */
863 y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
864
865 switch (which)
866 {
867 case NO_FRINGE_BITMAP:
868 wd = 0;
869 h = 0;
870 break;
871
872 case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP:
873 wd = left_width;
874 h = left_height;
875 pixmap = left_bmp;
876 break;
877
878 case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP:
879 wd = ov_width;
880 h = ov_height;
881 pixmap = ov_bmp;
882 break;
883
884 case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP:
885 wd = right_width;
886 h = right_height;
887 pixmap = right_bmp;
888 break;
889
890 case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP:
891 wd = continued_width;
892 h = continued_height;
893 pixmap = continued_bmp;
894 break;
895
896 case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP:
897 wd = continuation_width;
898 h = continuation_height;
899 pixmap = continuation_bmp;
900 break;
901
902 case ZV_LINE_BITMAP:
903 wd = zv_width;
904 h = zv_height - (y % zv_period);
905 pixmap = zv_bmp;
906 break;
907
908 default:
909 abort ();
910 }
911
912 /* Clip bitmap if too high. */
913 if (h > row->height)
914 h = row->height;
915
916 /* Set dy to the offset in the row to start drawing the bitmap. */
917 dy = (row->height - h) / 2;
918
919 /* Draw the bitmap. */
920 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, FRINGE_FACE_ID);
921 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
922
923 /* Clear left fringe if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill
924 the fringe. */
925 b1 = -1;
926 if (left_p)
927 {
928 if (wd > FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f))
929 wd = FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
930 x = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0)
931 - wd
932 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
933 if (wd < FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) || row->height > h)
934 {
935 /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */
936 int border = ((XFASTINT (w->left) > 0
937 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
938 ? 1 : 0);
939 b1 = (window_box_left (w, -1)
940 - FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f)
941 + border);
942 b2 = (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) - border);
943 }
944 }
945 else
946 {
947 if (wd > FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f))
948 wd = FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
949 x = (window_box_right (w, -1)
950 + (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) - wd) / 2);
951 /* Clear right fringe if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill
952 the fringe. */
953 if (wd < FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) || row->height > h)
954 {
955 b1 = window_box_right (w, -1);
956 b2 = FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
957 }
958 }
959
960 if (b1 >= 0)
961 {
962 int header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
963
964 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, face->background,
965 b1,
966 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height,
967 row->y)),
968 b2,
969 row->visible_height);
970 }
971
972 if (which == NO_FRINGE_BITMAP)
973 return;
974
975 compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc);
976 SaveDC (hdc);
977
978 horig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap);
979 SetTextColor (hdc, face->background);
980 SetBkColor (hdc, face->foreground);
981
982 BitBlt (hdc, x, y + dy, wd, h, compat_hdc, 0,
983 (which == ZV_LINE_BITMAP ? (row->y % zv_period) : 0),
984 SRCCOPY);
985
986 SelectObject (compat_hdc, horig_obj);
987 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
988 RestoreDC (hdc, -1);
989 }
990
991
992 /* Draw fringe bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this
993 function with input blocked. */
994
995 static void
996 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, row)
997 struct window *w;
998 struct glyph_row *row;
999 {
1000 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
1001 enum fringe_bitmap_type bitmap;
1002 HDC hdc;
1003
1004 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked);
1005
1006 /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we
1007 don't have to draw anything. */
1008 if (row->visible_height <= 0)
1009 return;
1010
1011 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
1012
1013 if (FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) != 0)
1014 {
1015 /* Decide which bitmap to draw in the left fringe. */
1016 if (row->overlay_arrow_p)
1017 bitmap = OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP;
1018 else if (row->truncated_on_left_p)
1019 bitmap = LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP;
1020 else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row))
1021 bitmap = CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP;
1022 else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p)
1023 bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP;
1024 else
1025 bitmap = NO_FRINGE_BITMAP;
1026
1027 w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, hdc, row, bitmap, 1);
1028 }
1029
1030 if (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) != 0)
1031 {
1032 /* Decide which bitmap to draw in the right fringe. */
1033 if (row->truncated_on_right_p)
1034 bitmap = RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP;
1035 else if (row->continued_p)
1036 bitmap = CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP;
1037 else if (row->indicate_empty_line_p && FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f) == 0)
1038 bitmap = ZV_LINE_BITMAP;
1039 else
1040 bitmap = NO_FRINGE_BITMAP;
1041
1042 w32_draw_fringe_bitmap (w, hdc, row, bitmap, 0);
1043 }
1044
1045 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
1046 }
1047
1048 \f
1049 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
1050 suspend. When starting Emacs, no window is mapped. And nothing
1051 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
1052 rarely happens). */
1053
1054 static void
1055 w32_set_terminal_modes (void)
1056 {
1057 }
1058
1059 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
1060 the W32 windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
1061
1062 static void
1063 w32_reset_terminal_modes (void)
1064 {
1065 }
1066
1067
1068 \f
1069 /***********************************************************************
1070 Output Cursor
1071 ***********************************************************************/
1072
1073 /* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor
1074 positions are relative to updated_window. */
1075
1076 static void
1077 set_output_cursor (cursor)
1078 struct cursor_pos *cursor;
1079 {
1080 output_cursor.hpos = cursor->hpos;
1081 output_cursor.vpos = cursor->vpos;
1082 output_cursor.x = cursor->x;
1083 output_cursor.y = cursor->y;
1084 }
1085
1086
1087 /* Set a nominal cursor position.
1088
1089 HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X
1090 and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
1091
1092 If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
1093 window that is being updated and the position is the future output
1094 cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use
1095 selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */
1096
1097 static void
1098 w32_cursor_to (vpos, hpos, y, x)
1099 int vpos, hpos, y, x;
1100 {
1101 struct window *w;
1102
1103 /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */
1104 if (updated_window)
1105 w = updated_window;
1106 else
1107 w = XWINDOW (selected_window);
1108
1109 /* Set the output cursor. */
1110 output_cursor.hpos = hpos;
1111 output_cursor.vpos = vpos;
1112 output_cursor.x = x;
1113 output_cursor.y = y;
1114
1115 /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
1116 This will also set the cursor position of W. */
1117 if (updated_window == NULL)
1118 {
1119 BLOCK_INPUT;
1120 x_display_cursor (w, 1, hpos, vpos, x, y);
1121 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
1122 }
1123 }
1124
1125
1126 \f
1127 /***********************************************************************
1128 Display Iterator
1129 ***********************************************************************/
1130
1131 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
1132
1133 static struct face *x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *,
1134 struct glyph *,
1135 wchar_t *,
1136 int *));
1137 static struct face *x_get_char_face_and_encoding P_ ((struct frame *, int,
1138 int, wchar_t *, int));
1139 static XCharStruct *w32_per_char_metric P_ ((XFontStruct *,
1140 wchar_t *,
1141 enum w32_char_font_type));
1142 static enum w32_char_font_type
1143 w32_encode_char P_ ((int, wchar_t *, struct font_info *, int *));
1144 static void x_append_glyph P_ ((struct it *));
1145 static void x_append_composite_glyph P_ ((struct it *));
1146 static void x_append_stretch_glyph P_ ((struct it *it, Lisp_Object,
1147 int, int, double));
1148 static void x_produce_glyphs P_ ((struct it *));
1149 static void x_produce_image_glyph P_ ((struct it *it));
1150
1151
1152 /* Dealing with bits of wchar_t as if they were an XChar2B. */
1153 #define BUILD_WCHAR_T(byte1, byte2) \
1154 ((wchar_t)((((byte1) & 0x00ff) << 8) | ((byte2) & 0x00ff)))
1155
1156
1157 #define BYTE1(ch) \
1158 (((ch) & 0xff00) >> 8)
1159
1160 #define BYTE2(ch) \
1161 ((ch) & 0x00ff)
1162
1163
1164 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is always non-null.
1165 If CHAR2B is not contained in FONT, the font's default character
1166 metric is returned. */
1167
1168 static int
1169 w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, dim, pcm)
1170 XFontStruct *font;
1171 wchar_t *char2b;
1172 int dim;
1173 XCharStruct * pcm;
1174 {
1175 glyph_metric * bdf_metric;
1176 char buf[2];
1177
1178 if (dim == 1)
1179 buf[0] = (char)(*char2b);
1180 else
1181 {
1182 buf[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1183 buf[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1184 }
1185
1186 bdf_metric = w32_BDF_TextMetric (font->bdf, buf, dim);
1187
1188 if (bdf_metric)
1189 {
1190 pcm->width = bdf_metric->dwidth;
1191 pcm->lbearing = bdf_metric->bbox;
1192 pcm->rbearing = bdf_metric->dwidth
1193 - (bdf_metric->bbox + bdf_metric->bbw);
1194 pcm->ascent = bdf_metric->bboy + bdf_metric->bbh;
1195 pcm->descent = -bdf_metric->bboy;
1196
1197 return 1;
1198 }
1199 return 0;
1200 }
1201
1202
1203 static int
1204 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type, pcm)
1205 XFontStruct *font;
1206 wchar_t *char2b;
1207 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
1208 XCharStruct * pcm;
1209 {
1210 HDC hdc = GetDC (NULL);
1211 HFONT old_font;
1212 BOOL retval = FALSE;
1213
1214 xassert (font && char2b);
1215 xassert (font->hfont);
1216 xassert (font_type == UNICODE_FONT || font_type == ANSI_FONT);
1217
1218 old_font = SelectObject (hdc, font->hfont);
1219
1220 if ((font->tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_TRUETYPE) != 0)
1221 {
1222 ABC char_widths;
1223
1224 if (font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
1225 retval = GetCharABCWidthsW (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &char_widths);
1226 else
1227 retval = GetCharABCWidthsA (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &char_widths);
1228
1229 if (retval)
1230 {
1231 #if 0
1232 /* Disabled until we can find a way to get the right results
1233 on all versions of Windows. */
1234
1235 /* Don't trust the ABC widths. For synthesized fonts they are
1236 wrong, and so is the result of GetCharWidth()! */
1237 int real_width;
1238 GetCharWidth (hdc, *char2b, *char2b, &real_width);
1239 #endif
1240 pcm->width = char_widths.abcA + char_widths.abcB + char_widths.abcC;
1241 #if 0
1242 /* As far as I can tell, this is the best way to determine what
1243 ExtTextOut will do with the broken font. */
1244 if (pcm->width != real_width)
1245 pcm->width = (pcm->width + real_width) / 2;
1246 #endif
1247 pcm->lbearing = char_widths.abcA;
1248 pcm->rbearing = char_widths.abcA + char_widths.abcB;
1249 pcm->ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1250 pcm->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1251 }
1252 }
1253
1254 if (!retval)
1255 {
1256 /* Either font is not a True-type font, or GetCharABCWidthsW
1257 failed (it is not supported on Windows 9x for instance), so we
1258 can't determine the full info we would like. All is not lost
1259 though - we can call GetTextExtentPoint32 to get rbearing and
1260 deduce width based on the font's per-string overhang. lbearing
1261 is assumed to be zero. */
1262
1263 /* TODO: Some Thai characters (and other composites if Windows
1264 supports them) do have lbearing, and report their total width
1265 as zero. Need some way of handling them when
1266 GetCharABCWidthsW fails. */
1267 SIZE sz;
1268
1269 if (font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
1270 retval = GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc, char2b, 1, &sz);
1271 else
1272 retval = GetTextExtentPoint32A (hdc, (char*)char2b, 1, &sz);
1273
1274 if (retval)
1275 {
1276 pcm->width = sz.cx - font->tm.tmOverhang;
1277 pcm->rbearing = sz.cx;
1278 pcm->lbearing = 0;
1279 pcm->ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1280 pcm->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1281 }
1282 }
1283
1284
1285 if (pcm->width == 0 && (pcm->rbearing - pcm->lbearing) == 0)
1286 {
1287 retval = FALSE;
1288 }
1289
1290 SelectObject (hdc, old_font);
1291 ReleaseDC (NULL, hdc);
1292
1293 return retval;
1294 }
1295
1296
1297 static XCharStruct *
1298 w32_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type)
1299 XFontStruct *font;
1300 wchar_t *char2b;
1301 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
1302 {
1303 /* The result metric information. */
1304 XCharStruct *pcm;
1305 BOOL retval;
1306
1307 xassert (font && char2b);
1308 xassert (font_type != UNKNOWN_FONT);
1309
1310 /* Handle the common cases quickly. */
1311 if (!font->bdf && font->per_char == NULL)
1312 /* TODO: determine whether char2b exists in font? */
1313 return &font->max_bounds;
1314 else if (!font->bdf && *char2b < 128)
1315 return &font->per_char[*char2b];
1316
1317 pcm = &font->scratch;
1318
1319 if (font_type == BDF_1D_FONT)
1320 retval = w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, 1, pcm);
1321 else if (font_type == BDF_2D_FONT)
1322 retval = w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, char2b, 2, pcm);
1323 else
1324 retval = w32_native_per_char_metric (font, char2b, font_type, pcm);
1325
1326 if (retval)
1327 return pcm;
1328
1329 return NULL;
1330 }
1331
1332 void
1333 w32_cache_char_metrics (font)
1334 XFontStruct *font;
1335 {
1336 wchar_t char2b = L'x';
1337
1338 /* Cache char metrics for the common cases. */
1339 if (font->bdf)
1340 {
1341 /* TODO: determine whether font is fixed-pitch. */
1342 if (!w32_bdf_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, 1, &font->max_bounds))
1343 {
1344 /* Use the font width and height as max bounds, as not all BDF
1345 fonts contain the letter 'x'. */
1346 font->max_bounds.width = FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font);
1347 font->max_bounds.lbearing = -font->bdf->llx;
1348 font->max_bounds.rbearing = FONT_MAX_WIDTH (font) - font->bdf->urx;
1349 font->max_bounds.ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
1350 font->max_bounds.descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
1351 }
1352 }
1353 else
1354 {
1355 if (((font->tm.tmPitchAndFamily & TMPF_FIXED_PITCH) != 0)
1356 /* Some fonts (eg DBCS fonts) are marked as fixed width even
1357 though they contain characters of different widths. */
1358 || (font->tm.tmMaxCharWidth != font->tm.tmAveCharWidth))
1359 {
1360 /* Font is not fixed pitch, so cache per_char info for the
1361 ASCII characters. It would be much more work, and probably
1362 not worth it, to cache other chars, since we may change
1363 between using Unicode and ANSI text drawing functions at
1364 run-time. */
1365 int i;
1366
1367 font->per_char = xmalloc (128 * sizeof(XCharStruct));
1368 for (i = 0; i < 128; i++)
1369 {
1370 char2b = i;
1371 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, ANSI_FONT,
1372 &font->per_char[i]);
1373 }
1374 }
1375 else
1376 w32_native_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, ANSI_FONT,
1377 &font->max_bounds);
1378 }
1379 }
1380
1381
1382 /* Determine if a font is double byte. */
1383 int w32_font_is_double_byte (XFontStruct *font)
1384 {
1385 return font->double_byte_p;
1386 }
1387
1388
1389 static BOOL
1390 w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage)
1391 int codepage;
1392 {
1393 /* If the current codepage is supported, use Unicode for output. */
1394 return (w32_enable_unicode_output
1395 && codepage != CP_8BIT
1396 && (codepage == CP_UNICODE || IsValidCodePage (codepage)));
1397 }
1398
1399 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
1400 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
1401
1402 static INLINE enum w32_char_font_type
1403 w32_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p)
1404 int c;
1405 wchar_t *char2b;
1406 struct font_info *font_info;
1407 int * two_byte_p;
1408 {
1409 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (c);
1410 int codepage;
1411 int unicode_p = 0;
1412
1413 XFontStruct *font = font_info->font;
1414
1415 xassert (two_byte_p);
1416
1417 *two_byte_p = w32_font_is_double_byte (font);
1418
1419 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
1420 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
1421 fixed encoding. */
1422 if (font_info->font_encoder)
1423 {
1424 /* It's a program. */
1425 struct ccl_program *ccl = font_info->font_encoder;
1426
1427 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
1428 {
1429 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
1430 ccl->reg[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1431 }
1432 else
1433 {
1434 ccl->reg[0] = charset;
1435 ccl->reg[1] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1436 ccl->reg[2] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1437 }
1438
1439 ccl_driver (ccl, NULL, NULL, 0, 0, NULL);
1440
1441 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
1442 program. */
1443 if (!*two_byte_p) /* 1-byte font */
1444 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, ccl->reg[1]);
1445 else
1446 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (ccl->reg[1], ccl->reg[2]);
1447 }
1448 else if (font_info->encoding[charset])
1449 {
1450 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1451 encoding numbers. */
1452 int enc = font_info->encoding[charset];
1453
1454 if ((enc == 1 || enc == 2)
1455 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 2)
1456 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b) | 0x80, BYTE2 (*char2b));
1457
1458 if (enc == 1 || enc == 3
1459 || (enc == 4 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1))
1460 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (BYTE1 (*char2b), BYTE2 (*char2b) | 0x80);
1461 else if (enc == 4)
1462 {
1463 int sjis1, sjis2;
1464
1465 ENCODE_SJIS (BYTE1 (*char2b), BYTE2 (*char2b),
1466 sjis1, sjis2);
1467 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (sjis1, sjis2);
1468 }
1469 }
1470 codepage = font_info->codepage;
1471
1472 /* If charset is not ASCII or Latin-1, may need to move it into
1473 Unicode space. */
1474 if ( font && !font->bdf && w32_use_unicode_for_codepage (codepage)
1475 && charset != CHARSET_ASCII && charset != charset_latin_iso8859_1
1476 && charset != CHARSET_8_BIT_CONTROL && charset != CHARSET_8_BIT_GRAPHIC)
1477 {
1478 char temp[3];
1479 temp[0] = BYTE1 (*char2b);
1480 temp[1] = BYTE2 (*char2b);
1481 temp[2] = '\0';
1482 if (codepage != CP_UNICODE)
1483 {
1484 if (temp[0])
1485 MultiByteToWideChar (codepage, 0, temp, 2, char2b, 1);
1486 else
1487 MultiByteToWideChar (codepage, 0, temp+1, 1, char2b, 1);
1488 }
1489 unicode_p = 1;
1490 *two_byte_p = 1;
1491 }
1492 if (!font)
1493 return UNKNOWN_FONT;
1494 else if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset) == 1)
1495 return BDF_1D_FONT;
1496 else if (font->bdf)
1497 return BDF_2D_FONT;
1498 else if (unicode_p)
1499 return UNICODE_FONT;
1500 else
1501 return ANSI_FONT;
1502 }
1503
1504
1505 /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
1506 F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1507 means we want to display multibyte text. Value is a pointer to a
1508 realized face that is ready for display. */
1509
1510 static INLINE struct face *
1511 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f, c, face_id, char2b, multibyte_p)
1512 struct frame *f;
1513 int c, face_id;
1514 wchar_t *char2b;
1515 int multibyte_p;
1516 {
1517 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
1518
1519 if (!multibyte_p)
1520 {
1521 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1522 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1523 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c);
1524 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (f, face, c);
1525 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
1526 }
1527 else if (c < 128 && face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
1528 {
1529 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1530 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c);
1531 }
1532 else
1533 {
1534 int c1, c2, charset;
1535
1536 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1537 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1538 SPLIT_CHAR (c, charset, c1, c2);
1539 if (c2 > 0)
1540 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1, c2);
1541 else
1542 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1);
1543
1544 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1545 if (face->font != NULL)
1546 {
1547 struct font_info *font_info
1548 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
1549 if (font_info)
1550 w32_encode_char (c, char2b, font_info, &multibyte_p);
1551 }
1552 }
1553
1554 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1555 xassert (face != NULL);
1556 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
1557
1558 return face;
1559 }
1560
1561
1562 /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
1563 The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is
1564 a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */
1565
1566 static INLINE struct face *
1567 x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, char2b, two_byte_p)
1568 struct frame *f;
1569 struct glyph *glyph;
1570 wchar_t *char2b;
1571 int *two_byte_p;
1572 {
1573 struct face *face;
1574 int dummy = 0;
1575
1576 xassert (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH);
1577 face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, glyph->face_id);
1578
1579 if (two_byte_p)
1580 *two_byte_p = 0;
1581 else
1582 two_byte_p = &dummy;
1583
1584 if (!glyph->multibyte_p)
1585 {
1586 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1587 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1588 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph->u.ch);
1589 }
1590 else if (glyph->u.ch < 128
1591 && glyph->face_id < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
1592 {
1593 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1594 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, glyph->u.ch);
1595 }
1596 else
1597 {
1598 int c1, c2, charset;
1599
1600 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1601 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1602 SPLIT_CHAR (glyph->u.ch, charset, c1, c2);
1603 if (c2 > 0)
1604 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (c1, c2);
1605 else
1606 *char2b = BUILD_WCHAR_T (0, c1);
1607
1608 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1609 if (charset != CHARSET_ASCII)
1610 {
1611 struct font_info *font_info
1612 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f, face->font_info_id);
1613 if (font_info)
1614 {
1615 glyph->w32_font_type
1616 = w32_encode_char (glyph->u.ch, char2b, font_info, two_byte_p);
1617 }
1618 }
1619 }
1620
1621 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1622 xassert (face != NULL);
1623 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f, face);
1624 return face;
1625 }
1626
1627
1628 /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.
1629 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1630
1631 static INLINE void
1632 x_append_glyph (it)
1633 struct it *it;
1634 {
1635 struct glyph *glyph;
1636 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1637
1638 xassert (it->glyph_row);
1639 xassert (it->char_to_display != '\n' && it->char_to_display != '\t');
1640
1641 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1642 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1643 {
1644 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1645 glyph->object = it->object;
1646 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1647 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1648 glyph->type = CHAR_GLYPH;
1649 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1650 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1651 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1652 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent
1653 || it->phys_descent > it->descent);
1654 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1655 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = it->glyph_not_available_p;
1656 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1657 glyph->u.ch = it->char_to_display;
1658 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1659 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1660 }
1661 }
1662
1663 /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row.
1664 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1665
1666 static INLINE void
1667 x_append_composite_glyph (it)
1668 struct it *it;
1669 {
1670 struct glyph *glyph;
1671 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1672
1673 xassert (it->glyph_row);
1674
1675 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1676 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1677 {
1678 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1679 glyph->object = it->object;
1680 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1681 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1682 glyph->type = COMPOSITE_GLYPH;
1683 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1684 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1685 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1686 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = (it->phys_ascent > it->ascent
1687 || it->phys_descent > it->descent);
1688 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1689 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1690 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1691 glyph->u.cmp_id = it->cmp_id;
1692 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1693 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1694 }
1695 }
1696
1697
1698 /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
1699 IT->voffset. */
1700
1701 static INLINE void
1702 take_vertical_position_into_account (it)
1703 struct it *it;
1704 {
1705 if (it->voffset)
1706 {
1707 if (it->voffset < 0)
1708 /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
1709 in the line. */
1710 it->ascent += abs (it->voffset);
1711 else
1712 /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
1713 in the line. */
1714 it->descent += it->voffset;
1715 }
1716 }
1717
1718
1719 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
1720 See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
1721 an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1722
1723 static void
1724 x_produce_image_glyph (it)
1725 struct it *it;
1726 {
1727 struct image *img;
1728 struct face *face;
1729
1730 xassert (it->what == IT_IMAGE);
1731
1732 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1733 img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->image_id);
1734 xassert (img);
1735
1736 /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */
1737 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face);
1738 prepare_image_for_display (it->f, img);
1739
1740 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = image_ascent (img, face);
1741 it->descent = it->phys_descent = img->height + 2 * img->vmargin - it->ascent;
1742 it->pixel_width = img->width + 2 * img->hmargin;
1743
1744 it->nglyphs = 1;
1745
1746 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1747 {
1748 if (face->box_line_width > 0)
1749 {
1750 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
1751 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
1752 }
1753
1754 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
1755 it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width);
1756 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
1757 it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width);
1758 }
1759
1760 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
1761
1762 if (it->glyph_row)
1763 {
1764 struct glyph *glyph;
1765 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1766
1767 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1768 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1769 {
1770 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1771 glyph->object = it->object;
1772 glyph->pixel_width = it->pixel_width;
1773 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1774 glyph->type = IMAGE_GLYPH;
1775 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1776 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1777 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1778 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0;
1779 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1780 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1781 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1782 glyph->u.img_id = img->id;
1783 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1784 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1785 }
1786 }
1787 }
1788
1789
1790 /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source
1791 of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the
1792 stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the
1793 ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */
1794
1795 static void
1796 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent)
1797 struct it *it;
1798 Lisp_Object object;
1799 int width, height;
1800 double ascent;
1801 {
1802 struct glyph *glyph;
1803 enum glyph_row_area area = it->area;
1804
1805 xassert (ascent >= 0 && ascent <= 1);
1806
1807 glyph = it->glyph_row->glyphs[area] + it->glyph_row->used[area];
1808 if (glyph < it->glyph_row->glyphs[area + 1])
1809 {
1810 glyph->charpos = CHARPOS (it->position);
1811 glyph->object = object;
1812 glyph->pixel_width = width;
1813 glyph->voffset = it->voffset;
1814 glyph->type = STRETCH_GLYPH;
1815 glyph->multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
1816 glyph->left_box_line_p = it->start_of_box_run_p;
1817 glyph->right_box_line_p = it->end_of_box_run_p;
1818 glyph->overlaps_vertically_p = 0;
1819 glyph->padding_p = 0;
1820 glyph->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
1821 glyph->face_id = it->face_id;
1822 glyph->u.stretch.ascent = height * ascent;
1823 glyph->u.stretch.height = height;
1824 glyph->w32_font_type = UNKNOWN_FONT;
1825 ++it->glyph_row->used[area];
1826 }
1827 }
1828
1829
1830 /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value
1831 of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list
1832 `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
1833 being recognized:
1834
1835 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
1836 canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating
1837 point number.
1838
1839 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
1840 should be computed from the width of the first character having the
1841 `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.
1842
1843 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
1844 to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.
1845
1846 Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.
1847
1848 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
1849 should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.
1850
1851 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the
1852 stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
1853 the glyph property.
1854
1855 Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.
1856
1857 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
1858 of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
1859 ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */
1860
1861 #define NUMVAL(X) \
1862 ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \
1863 ? XFLOATINT (X) \
1864 : - 1)
1865
1866
1867 static void
1868 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it)
1869 struct it *it;
1870 {
1871 /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */
1872 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
1873 extern Lisp_Object Qspace;
1874 #endif
1875 extern Lisp_Object QCwidth, QCheight, QCascent;
1876 extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width, QCrelative_height;
1877 extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to;
1878 Lisp_Object prop, plist;
1879 double width = 0, height = 0, ascent = 0;
1880 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
1881 XFontStruct *font = face->font ? face->font : FRAME_FONT (it->f);
1882
1883 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it->f, face);
1884
1885 /* List should start with `space'. */
1886 xassert (CONSP (it->object) && EQ (XCAR (it->object), Qspace));
1887 plist = XCDR (it->object);
1888
1889 /* Compute the width of the stretch. */
1890 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCwidth),
1891 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1892 /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */
1893 width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1894 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_width),
1895 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1896 {
1897 /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
1898 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
1899 property. */
1900 struct it it2;
1901 unsigned char *p = BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
1902
1903 it2 = *it;
1904 if (it->multibyte_p)
1905 {
1906 int maxlen = ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it) >= GPT ? ZV : GPT)
1907 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it));
1908 it2.c = STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p, maxlen, it2.len);
1909 }
1910 else
1911 it2.c = *p, it2.len = 1;
1912
1913 it2.glyph_row = NULL;
1914 it2.what = IT_CHARACTER;
1915 x_produce_glyphs (&it2);
1916 width = NUMVAL (prop) * it2.pixel_width;
1917 }
1918 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCalign_to),
1919 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1920 width = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f) - it->current_x;
1921 else
1922 /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */
1923 width = CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
1924
1925 /* Compute height. */
1926 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCheight),
1927 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1928 height = NUMVAL (prop) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it->f);
1929 else if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCrelative_height),
1930 NUMVAL (prop) > 0)
1931 height = FONT_HEIGHT (font) * NUMVAL (prop);
1932 else
1933 height = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
1934
1935 /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If
1936 `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise,
1937 derive the ascent from the font in use. */
1938 if (prop = Fplist_get (plist, QCascent),
1939 NUMVAL (prop) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop) <= 100)
1940 ascent = NUMVAL (prop) / 100.0;
1941 else
1942 ascent = (double) FONT_BASE (font) / FONT_HEIGHT (font);
1943
1944 if (width <= 0)
1945 width = 1;
1946 if (height <= 0)
1947 height = 1;
1948
1949 if (it->glyph_row)
1950 {
1951 Lisp_Object object = it->stack[it->sp - 1].string;
1952 if (!STRINGP (object))
1953 object = it->w->buffer;
1954 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, object, width, height, ascent);
1955 }
1956
1957 it->pixel_width = width;
1958 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = height * ascent;
1959 it->descent = it->phys_descent = height - it->ascent;
1960 it->nglyphs = 1;
1961
1962 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
1963 {
1964 if (face->box_line_width > 0)
1965 {
1966 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
1967 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
1968 }
1969
1970 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
1971 it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width);
1972 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
1973 it->pixel_width += abs (face->box_line_width);
1974 }
1975
1976 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
1977 }
1978
1979 /* Return proper value to be used as baseline offset of font that has
1980 ASCENT and DESCENT to draw characters by the font at the vertical
1981 center of the line of frame F.
1982
1983 Here, out task is to find the value of BOFF in the following figure;
1984
1985 -------------------------+-----------+-
1986 -+-+---------+-+ | |
1987 | | | | | |
1988 | | | | F_ASCENT F_HEIGHT
1989 | | | ASCENT | |
1990 HEIGHT | | | | |
1991 | | |-|-+------+-----------|------- baseline
1992 | | | | BOFF | |
1993 | |---------|-+-+ | |
1994 | | | DESCENT | |
1995 -+-+---------+-+ F_DESCENT |
1996 -------------------------+-----------+-
1997
1998 -BOFF + DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 = F_DESCENT
1999 BOFF = DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 - F_DESCENT
2000 DESCENT = FONT->descent
2001 HEIGHT = FONT_HEIGHT (FONT)
2002 F_DESCENT = (F->output_data.x->font->descent
2003 - F->output_data.x->baseline_offset)
2004 F_HEIGHT = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (F)
2005 */
2006
2007 #define VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET(FONT, F) \
2008 (FONT_DESCENT (FONT) \
2009 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) - FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)) \
2010 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) > FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT)))) / 2 \
2011 - (FONT_DESCENT (FRAME_FONT (F)) - FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (F)))
2012
2013 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
2014 loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in
2015 dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */
2016
2017 static void
2018 x_produce_glyphs (it)
2019 struct it *it;
2020 {
2021 it->glyph_not_available_p = 0;
2022
2023 if (it->what == IT_CHARACTER)
2024 {
2025 wchar_t char2b;
2026 XFontStruct *font;
2027 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2028 XCharStruct *pcm;
2029 int font_not_found_p;
2030 struct font_info *font_info;
2031 int boff; /* baseline offset */
2032 /* We may change it->multibyte_p upon unibyte<->multibyte
2033 conversion. So, save the current value now and restore it
2034 later.
2035
2036 Note: It seems that we don't have to record multibyte_p in
2037 struct glyph because the character code itself tells if or
2038 not the character is multibyte. Thus, in the future, we must
2039 consider eliminating the field `multibyte_p' in the struct
2040 glyph.
2041 */
2042 int saved_multibyte_p = it->multibyte_p;
2043
2044 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the
2045 other way. */
2046 it->char_to_display = it->c;
2047 if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it->c))
2048 {
2049 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2050 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
2051 && (it->c >= 0240
2052 || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table)))
2053 {
2054 it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c);
2055 it->multibyte_p = 1;
2056 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
2057 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2058 }
2059 else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
2060 && !it->multibyte_p)
2061 {
2062 it->multibyte_p = 1;
2063 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
2064 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2065 }
2066 }
2067
2068 /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2069 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display,
2070 it->face_id, &char2b,
2071 it->multibyte_p);
2072 font = face->font;
2073
2074 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2075 font_not_found_p = font == NULL;
2076 if (font_not_found_p)
2077 {
2078 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2079 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2080 font_info = NULL;
2081 }
2082 else
2083 {
2084 font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2085 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2086 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2087 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2088 }
2089
2090 if (it->char_to_display >= ' '
2091 && (!it->multibyte_p || it->char_to_display < 128))
2092 {
2093 /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */
2094 int stretched_p;
2095
2096 it->nglyphs = 1;
2097
2098 pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b,
2099 font->bdf ? BDF_1D_FONT : ANSI_FONT);
2100 it->ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2101 it->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2102
2103 if (pcm)
2104 {
2105 it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff;
2106 it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff;
2107 it->pixel_width = pcm->width;
2108 }
2109 else
2110 {
2111 it->glyph_not_available_p = 1;
2112 it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2113 it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2114 it->pixel_width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2115 }
2116
2117 /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
2118 `space-width' property, change its width. */
2119 stretched_p = it->char_to_display == ' ' && !NILP (it->space_width);
2120 if (stretched_p)
2121 it->pixel_width *= XFLOATINT (it->space_width);
2122
2123 /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
2124 height. If character has a box line to the left and/or
2125 right, add the box line width to the character's width. */
2126 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2127 {
2128 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2129
2130 if (thick > 0)
2131 {
2132 it->ascent += thick;
2133 it->descent += thick;
2134 }
2135 else
2136 thick = -thick;
2137
2138 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2139 it->pixel_width += thick;
2140 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2141 it->pixel_width += thick;
2142 }
2143
2144 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2145 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2146 if (face->overline_p)
2147 it->ascent += 2;
2148
2149 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2150
2151 /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */
2152 if (it->glyph_row)
2153 {
2154 if (stretched_p)
2155 {
2156 /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
2157 into a stretch glyph. */
2158 double ascent = (double) FONT_BASE (font)
2159 / FONT_HEIGHT (font);
2160 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width,
2161 it->ascent + it->descent, ascent);
2162 }
2163 else
2164 x_append_glyph (it);
2165
2166 /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
2167 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
2168 glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */
2169 if (pcm && (pcm->lbearing < 0 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width))
2170 it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1;
2171 }
2172 }
2173 else if (it->char_to_display == '\n')
2174 {
2175 /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */
2176 it->pixel_width = 0;
2177 it->nglyphs = 0;
2178 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2179 it->descent = it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2180
2181 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
2182 && face->box_line_width > 0)
2183 {
2184 it->ascent += face->box_line_width;
2185 it->descent += face->box_line_width;
2186 }
2187 }
2188 else if (it->char_to_display == '\t')
2189 {
2190 int tab_width = it->tab_width * CANON_X_UNIT (it->f);
2191 int x = it->current_x + it->continuation_lines_width;
2192 int next_tab_x = ((1 + x + tab_width - 1) / tab_width) * tab_width;
2193
2194 /* If the distance from the current position to the next tab
2195 stop is less than a canonical character width, use the
2196 tab stop after that. */
2197 if (next_tab_x - x < CANON_X_UNIT (it->f))
2198 next_tab_x += tab_width;
2199
2200 it->pixel_width = next_tab_x - x;
2201 it->nglyphs = 1;
2202 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2203 it->descent = it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2204
2205 if (it->glyph_row)
2206 {
2207 double ascent = (double) it->ascent / (it->ascent + it->descent);
2208 x_append_stretch_glyph (it, it->object, it->pixel_width,
2209 it->ascent + it->descent, ascent);
2210 }
2211 }
2212 else
2213 {
2214 /* A multi-byte character.
2215 If we found a font, this font should give us the right
2216 metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's
2217 default font and calculate the width of the character
2218 from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code
2219 did. */
2220 enum w32_char_font_type type;
2221
2222 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it->c)) == 1)
2223 type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2224 else if (font->bdf)
2225 type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2226 else
2227 type = UNICODE_FONT;
2228
2229 pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, type);
2230
2231 if (font_not_found_p || !pcm)
2232 {
2233 int charset = CHAR_CHARSET (it->char_to_display);
2234
2235 it->glyph_not_available_p = 1;
2236 it->pixel_width = (FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (it->f))
2237 * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset));
2238 it->phys_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2239 it->phys_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2240 }
2241 else
2242 {
2243 it->pixel_width = pcm->width;
2244 it->phys_ascent = pcm->ascent + boff;
2245 it->phys_descent = pcm->descent - boff;
2246 if (it->glyph_row
2247 && (pcm->lbearing < 0
2248 || pcm->rbearing > pcm->width))
2249 it->glyph_row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p = 1;
2250 }
2251 it->nglyphs = 1;
2252 it->ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2253 it->descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2254 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2255 {
2256 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2257
2258 if (thick > 0)
2259 {
2260 it->ascent += thick;
2261 it->descent += thick;
2262 }
2263 else
2264 thick = - thick;
2265
2266 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2267 it->pixel_width += thick;
2268 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2269 it->pixel_width += thick;
2270 }
2271
2272 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2273 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2274 if (face->overline_p)
2275 it->ascent += 2;
2276
2277 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2278
2279 if (it->glyph_row)
2280 x_append_glyph (it);
2281 }
2282 it->multibyte_p = saved_multibyte_p;
2283 }
2284 else if (it->what == IT_COMPOSITION)
2285 {
2286 /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the
2287 glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */
2288 wchar_t char2b;
2289 XFontStruct *font;
2290 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2291 XCharStruct *pcm;
2292 int font_not_found_p;
2293 struct font_info *font_info;
2294 int boff; /* baseline offset */
2295 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[it->cmp_id];
2296
2297 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */
2298 it->char_to_display = it->c;
2299 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
2300 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it->c)
2301 && (it->c >= 0240
2302 || (it->c >= 0200
2303 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table))))
2304 {
2305 it->char_to_display = unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it->c);
2306 }
2307
2308 /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
2309 it->face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, it->char_to_display);
2310 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, it->face_id);
2311 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, it->char_to_display,
2312 it->face_id, &char2b, it->multibyte_p);
2313 font = face->font;
2314
2315 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2316 font_not_found_p = font == NULL;
2317 if (font_not_found_p)
2318 {
2319 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2320 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2321 font_info = NULL;
2322 }
2323 else
2324 {
2325 font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2326 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2327 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2328 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2329 }
2330
2331 /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to
2332 produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width,
2333 ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by
2334 draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */
2335 it->nglyphs = 1;
2336
2337 /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of
2338 the composition for the current face font, calculate them
2339 now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the
2340 glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So,
2341 here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads
2342 to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can
2343 correct the display anyway. */
2344 if (cmp->font != (void *) font)
2345 {
2346 /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of
2347 this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent
2348 and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than
2349 them respectively. */
2350 int font_ascent = FONT_BASE (font) + boff;
2351 int font_descent = FONT_DESCENT (font) - boff;
2352 /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2353 int leftmost, rightmost, lowest, highest;
2354 int i, width, ascent, descent;
2355 enum w32_char_font_type font_type;
2356
2357 cmp->font = (void *) font;
2358
2359 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (it->c)) == 1)
2360 font_type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2361 else if (font->bdf)
2362 font_type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2363 else
2364 font_type = UNICODE_FONT;
2365
2366 /* Initialize the bounding box. */
2367 if (font_info
2368 && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, font_type)))
2369 {
2370 width = pcm->width;
2371 ascent = pcm->ascent;
2372 descent = pcm->descent;
2373 }
2374 else
2375 {
2376 width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2377 ascent = FONT_BASE (font);
2378 descent = FONT_DESCENT (font);
2379 }
2380
2381 rightmost = width;
2382 lowest = - descent + boff;
2383 highest = ascent + boff;
2384 leftmost = 0;
2385
2386 if (font_info
2387 && font_info->default_ascent
2388 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent)
2389 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent,
2390 make_number (it->char_to_display))))
2391 highest = font_info->default_ascent + boff;
2392
2393 /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be
2394 shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at
2395 the left. */
2396 cmp->offsets[0] = 0;
2397 cmp->offsets[1] = boff;
2398
2399 /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */
2400 for (i = 1; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++)
2401 {
2402 int left, right, btm, top;
2403 int ch = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, i);
2404 int face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (it->f, face, ch);
2405
2406 face = FACE_FROM_ID (it->f, face_id);
2407 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it->f, ch, face->id, &char2b,
2408 it->multibyte_p);
2409 font = face->font;
2410 if (font == NULL)
2411 {
2412 font = FRAME_FONT (it->f);
2413 boff = it->f->output_data.w32->baseline_offset;
2414 font_info = NULL;
2415 }
2416 else
2417 {
2418 font_info
2419 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it->f, face->font_info_id);
2420 boff = font_info->baseline_offset;
2421 if (font_info->vertical_centering)
2422 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font, it->f) - boff;
2423 }
2424
2425 if (font->bdf && CHARSET_DIMENSION (CHAR_CHARSET (ch)) == 1)
2426 font_type = BDF_1D_FONT;
2427 else if (font->bdf)
2428 font_type = BDF_2D_FONT;
2429 else
2430 font_type = UNICODE_FONT;
2431
2432 if (font_info
2433 && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b, font_type)))
2434 {
2435 width = pcm->width;
2436 ascent = pcm->ascent;
2437 descent = pcm->descent;
2438 }
2439 else
2440 {
2441 width = FONT_WIDTH (font);
2442 ascent = 1;
2443 descent = 0;
2444 }
2445
2446 if (cmp->method != COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS)
2447 {
2448 /* Relative composition with or without
2449 alternate chars. */
2450 left = (leftmost + rightmost - width) / 2;
2451 btm = - descent + boff;
2452 if (font_info && font_info->relative_compose
2453 && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition)
2454 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition,
2455 make_number (ch)))))
2456 {
2457
2458 if (- descent >= font_info->relative_compose)
2459 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2460 btm = highest + 1;
2461 else if (ascent <= 0)
2462 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2463 btm = lowest - 1 - ascent - descent;
2464 }
2465 }
2466 else
2467 {
2468 /* A composition rule is specified by an integer
2469 value that encodes global and new reference
2470 points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are
2471 specified by numbers as below:
2472
2473 0---1---2 -- ascent
2474 | |
2475 | |
2476 | |
2477 9--10--11 -- center
2478 | |
2479 ---3---4---5--- baseline
2480 | |
2481 6---7---8 -- descent
2482 */
2483 int rule = COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp, i);
2484 int gref, nref, grefx, grefy, nrefx, nrefy;
2485
2486 COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule, gref, nref);
2487 grefx = gref % 3, nrefx = nref % 3;
2488 grefy = gref / 3, nrefy = nref / 3;
2489
2490 left = (leftmost
2491 + grefx * (rightmost - leftmost) / 2
2492 - nrefx * width / 2);
2493 btm = ((grefy == 0 ? highest
2494 : grefy == 1 ? 0
2495 : grefy == 2 ? lowest
2496 : (highest + lowest) / 2)
2497 - (nrefy == 0 ? ascent + descent
2498 : nrefy == 1 ? descent - boff
2499 : nrefy == 2 ? 0
2500 : (ascent + descent) / 2));
2501 }
2502
2503 cmp->offsets[i * 2] = left;
2504 cmp->offsets[i * 2 + 1] = btm + descent;
2505
2506 /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2507 right = left + width;
2508 top = btm + descent + ascent;
2509 if (left < leftmost)
2510 leftmost = left;
2511 if (right > rightmost)
2512 rightmost = right;
2513 if (top > highest)
2514 highest = top;
2515 if (btm < lowest)
2516 lowest = btm;
2517 }
2518
2519 /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative,
2520 shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets
2521 non-negative. */
2522 if (leftmost < 0)
2523 {
2524 for (i = 0; i < cmp->glyph_len; i++)
2525 cmp->offsets[i * 2] -= leftmost;
2526 rightmost -= leftmost;
2527 }
2528
2529 cmp->pixel_width = rightmost;
2530 cmp->ascent = highest;
2531 cmp->descent = - lowest;
2532 if (cmp->ascent < font_ascent)
2533 cmp->ascent = font_ascent;
2534 if (cmp->descent < font_descent)
2535 cmp->descent = font_descent;
2536 }
2537
2538 it->pixel_width = cmp->pixel_width;
2539 it->ascent = it->phys_ascent = cmp->ascent;
2540 it->descent = it->phys_descent = cmp->descent;
2541
2542 if (face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
2543 {
2544 int thick = face->box_line_width;
2545
2546 if (thick > 0)
2547 {
2548 it->ascent += thick;
2549 it->descent += thick;
2550 }
2551 else
2552 thick = - thick;
2553
2554 if (it->start_of_box_run_p)
2555 it->pixel_width += thick;
2556 if (it->end_of_box_run_p)
2557 it->pixel_width += thick;
2558 }
2559
2560 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2561 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2562 if (face->overline_p)
2563 it->ascent += 2;
2564
2565 take_vertical_position_into_account (it);
2566
2567 if (it->glyph_row)
2568 x_append_composite_glyph (it);
2569 }
2570 else if (it->what == IT_IMAGE)
2571 x_produce_image_glyph (it);
2572 else if (it->what == IT_STRETCH)
2573 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it);
2574
2575 /* Accumulate dimensions. Note: can't assume that it->descent > 0
2576 because this isn't true for images with `:ascent 100'. */
2577 xassert (it->ascent >= 0 && it->descent >= 0);
2578 if (it->area == TEXT_AREA)
2579 it->current_x += it->pixel_width;
2580
2581 it->descent += it->extra_line_spacing;
2582
2583 it->max_ascent = max (it->max_ascent, it->ascent);
2584 it->max_descent = max (it->max_descent, it->descent);
2585 it->max_phys_ascent = max (it->max_phys_ascent, it->phys_ascent);
2586 it->max_phys_descent = max (it->max_phys_descent, it->phys_descent);
2587 }
2588
2589
2590 /* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F.
2591 FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */
2592
2593 int
2594 x_estimate_mode_line_height (f, face_id)
2595 struct frame *f;
2596 enum face_id face_id;
2597 {
2598 int height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f));
2599
2600 /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
2601 cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */
2602 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f))
2603 {
2604 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, face_id);
2605 if (face)
2606 {
2607 if (face->font)
2608 height = FONT_HEIGHT (face->font);
2609 if (face->box_line_width > 0)
2610 height += 2 * face->box_line_width;
2611 }
2612 }
2613
2614 return height;
2615 }
2616
2617 \f
2618 /***********************************************************************
2619 Glyph display
2620 ***********************************************************************/
2621
2622 /* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face.
2623
2624 This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it
2625 could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It
2626 is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because
2627 it's not clear what other systems will need. */
2628
2629 struct glyph_string
2630 {
2631 /* X-origin of the string. */
2632 int x;
2633
2634 /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */
2635 int y, ybase;
2636
2637 /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */
2638 int width;
2639
2640 /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */
2641 int background_width;
2642
2643 /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this
2644 string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the
2645 font the string is drawn in. */
2646 int height;
2647
2648 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin.
2649 This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is
2650 -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */
2651 int left_overhang;
2652
2653 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most
2654 nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's
2655 rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */
2656 int right_overhang;
2657
2658 /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2659 struct frame *f;
2660
2661 /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2662 struct window *w;
2663
2664 /* X display and window for convenience. */
2665 Window window;
2666
2667 /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the
2668 y-origin and height of the string. */
2669 struct glyph_row *row;
2670
2671 /* The area within row. */
2672 enum glyph_row_area area;
2673
2674 /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */
2675 wchar_t *char2b;
2676 int nchars;
2677
2678 /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */
2679 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
2680
2681 /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */
2682 struct face *face;
2683
2684 /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */
2685 XFontStruct *font;
2686
2687 /* Font info for this string. */
2688 struct font_info *font_info;
2689
2690 /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composition.
2691 All characters from char2b are drawn composed. */
2692 struct composition *cmp;
2693
2694 /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph
2695 definition of CMP. If this is zero, this glyph string describes
2696 the first character of a composition. */
2697 int gidx;
2698
2699 /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end
2700 of the window's drawing area. */
2701 unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p : 1;
2702
2703 /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */
2704 unsigned background_filled_p : 1;
2705
2706 /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
2707 unsigned two_byte_p : 1;
2708
2709 /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph
2710 string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to
2711 the frame's default font in this case. */
2712 unsigned font_not_found_p : 1;
2713
2714 /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a
2715 stipple pattern. */
2716 unsigned stippled_p : 1;
2717
2718 /* 1 means only the foreground of this glyph string must be drawn,
2719 and we should use the physical height of the line this glyph
2720 string appears in as clip rect. */
2721 unsigned for_overlaps_p : 1;
2722
2723 /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */
2724 XGCValues *gc;
2725
2726 HDC hdc;
2727
2728 /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph
2729 corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if
2730 font_not_found_p is 1. */
2731 struct glyph *first_glyph;
2732
2733 /* Image, if any. */
2734 struct image *img;
2735
2736 struct glyph_string *next, *prev;
2737 };
2738
2739
2740 /* Encapsulate the different ways of displaying text under W32. */
2741
2742 static void
2743 w32_text_out (s, x, y,chars,nchars)
2744 struct glyph_string * s;
2745 int x, y;
2746 wchar_t * chars;
2747 int nchars;
2748 {
2749 int charset_dim = w32_font_is_double_byte (s->gc->font) ? 2 : 1;
2750 if (s->gc->font->bdf)
2751 w32_BDF_TextOut (s->gc->font->bdf, s->hdc,
2752 x, y, (char *) chars, charset_dim,
2753 nchars * charset_dim, 0);
2754 else if (s->first_glyph->w32_font_type == UNICODE_FONT)
2755 ExtTextOutW (s->hdc, x, y, 0, NULL, chars, nchars, NULL);
2756 else
2757 ExtTextOutA (s->hdc, x, y, 0, NULL, (char *) chars,
2758 nchars * charset_dim, NULL);
2759 }
2760
2761 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
2762
2763 static void
2764 x_dump_glyph_string (s)
2765 struct glyph_string *s;
2766 {
2767 fprintf (stderr, "glyph string\n");
2768 fprintf (stderr, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
2769 s->x, s->y, s->width, s->height);
2770 fprintf (stderr, " ybase = %d\n", s->ybase);
2771 fprintf (stderr, " hl = %d\n", s->hl);
2772 fprintf (stderr, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
2773 s->left_overhang, s->right_overhang);
2774 fprintf (stderr, " nchars = %d\n", s->nchars);
2775 fprintf (stderr, " extends to end of line = %d\n",
2776 s->extends_to_end_of_line_p);
2777 fprintf (stderr, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s->font));
2778 fprintf (stderr, " bg width = %d\n", s->background_width);
2779 }
2780
2781 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
2782
2783
2784
2785 static void x_append_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2786 struct glyph_string **,
2787 struct glyph_string *,
2788 struct glyph_string *));
2789 static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2790 struct glyph_string **,
2791 struct glyph_string *,
2792 struct glyph_string *));
2793 static void x_append_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string **,
2794 struct glyph_string **,
2795 struct glyph_string *));
2796 static int x_left_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2797 static int x_left_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2798 static int x_right_overwritten P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2799 static int x_right_overwriting P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2800 static int x_fill_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int,
2801 int));
2802 static void w32_init_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *, HDC hdc,
2803 wchar_t *, struct window *,
2804 struct glyph_row *,
2805 enum glyph_row_area, int,
2806 enum draw_glyphs_face));
2807 static int x_draw_glyphs P_ ((struct window *, int , struct glyph_row *,
2808 enum glyph_row_area, int, int,
2809 enum draw_glyphs_face, int));
2810 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2811 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2812 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
2813 int));
2814 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2815 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2816 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2817 static void x_draw_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2818 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2819 static void x_set_cursor_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2820 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2821 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2822 static void w32_get_glyph_overhangs P_ ((HDC hdc, struct glyph *,
2823 struct frame *,
2824 int *, int *));
2825 static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int));
2826 static int w32_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame *, COLORREF *, double, int);
2827 static void w32_setup_relief_color P_ ((struct frame *, struct relief *,
2828 double, int, COLORREF));
2829 static void x_setup_relief_colors P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2830 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2831 static void x_draw_image_relief P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2832 static void x_draw_image_foreground P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2833 static void w32_draw_image_foreground_1 P_ ((struct glyph_string *, HBITMAP));
2834 static void x_fill_image_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *));
2835 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int,
2836 int, int, int));
2837 static void w32_draw_relief_rect P_ ((struct frame *, int, int, int, int,
2838 int, int, int, int, RECT *));
2839 static void w32_draw_box_rect P_ ((struct glyph_string *, int, int, int, int,
2840 int, int, int, RECT *));
2841 static void x_fix_overlapping_area P_ ((struct window *, struct glyph_row *,
2842 enum glyph_row_area));
2843 static int x_fill_stretch_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
2844 struct glyph_row *,
2845 enum glyph_row_area, int, int));
2846
2847 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
2848 static void x_check_font P_ ((struct frame *, XFontStruct *));
2849 #endif
2850
2851
2852 /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
2853 with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */
2854
2855 static INLINE void
2856 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t)
2857 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2858 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
2859 {
2860 if (h)
2861 {
2862 if (*head)
2863 (*tail)->next = h;
2864 else
2865 *head = h;
2866 h->prev = *tail;
2867 *tail = t;
2868 }
2869 }
2870
2871
2872 /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
2873 list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
2874 result. */
2875
2876 static INLINE void
2877 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, h, t)
2878 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2879 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
2880 {
2881 if (h)
2882 {
2883 if (*head)
2884 (*head)->prev = t;
2885 else
2886 *tail = t;
2887 t->next = *head;
2888 *head = h;
2889 }
2890 }
2891
2892
2893 /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
2894 Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */
2895
2896 static INLINE void
2897 x_append_glyph_string (head, tail, s)
2898 struct glyph_string **head, **tail;
2899 struct glyph_string *s;
2900 {
2901 s->next = s->prev = NULL;
2902 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head, tail, s, s);
2903 }
2904
2905
2906 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
2907 face. */
2908
2909 static void
2910 x_set_cursor_gc (s)
2911 struct glyph_string *s;
2912 {
2913 if (s->font == FRAME_FONT (s->f)
2914 && s->face->background == FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
2915 && s->face->foreground == FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s->f)
2916 && !s->cmp)
2917 s->gc = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_gc;
2918 else
2919 {
2920 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
2921 XGCValues xgcv;
2922 unsigned long mask;
2923
2924 xgcv.background = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel;
2925 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
2926
2927 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
2928 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2929 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2930 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2931 xgcv.foreground = s->f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel;
2932 if (xgcv.foreground == xgcv.background)
2933 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2934
2935 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
2936 if (xgcv.background == s->face->background
2937 && xgcv.foreground == s->face->foreground)
2938 {
2939 xgcv.background = s->face->foreground;
2940 xgcv.foreground = s->face->background;
2941 }
2942
2943 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
2944 xgcv.font = s->font;
2945 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont;
2946
2947 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
2948 XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
2949 mask, &xgcv);
2950 else
2951 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
2952 = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
2953
2954 s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
2955 }
2956 }
2957
2958
2959 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
2960
2961 static void
2962 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s)
2963 struct glyph_string *s;
2964 {
2965 int face_id;
2966 struct face *face;
2967
2968 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
2969 face_id = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->mouse_face_face_id;
2970 face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
2971 if (face == NULL)
2972 face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, MOUSE_FACE_ID);
2973
2974 if (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
2975 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, s->first_glyph->u.ch);
2976 else
2977 face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (s->f, face, 0);
2978 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
2979 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
2980
2981 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
2982 if (s->font == s->face->font)
2983 s->gc = s->face->gc;
2984 else
2985 {
2986 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
2987 but font FONT. */
2988 XGCValues xgcv;
2989 unsigned long mask;
2990
2991 xgcv.background = s->face->background;
2992 xgcv.foreground = s->face->foreground;
2993 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s->f, s->font));
2994 xgcv.font = s->font;
2995 mask = GCForeground | GCBackground | GCFont;
2996
2997 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc)
2998 XChangeGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc,
2999 mask, &xgcv);
3000 else
3001 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc
3002 = XCreateGC (NULL, s->window, mask, &xgcv);
3003
3004 s->gc = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (s->f)->scratch_cursor_gc;
3005 }
3006
3007 xassert (s->gc != 0);
3008 }
3009
3010
3011 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
3012 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
3013 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
3014
3015 static INLINE void
3016 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s)
3017 struct glyph_string *s;
3018 {
3019 s->gc = s->face->gc;
3020 }
3021
3022
3023 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
3024 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
3025 pattern. */
3026
3027 static INLINE void
3028 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s)
3029 struct glyph_string *s;
3030 {
3031 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s->f, s->face);
3032
3033 if (s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
3034 {
3035 s->gc = s->face->gc;
3036 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3037 }
3038 else if (s->hl == DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO)
3039 {
3040 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s);
3041 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3042 }
3043 else if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
3044 {
3045 x_set_cursor_gc (s);
3046 s->stippled_p = 0;
3047 }
3048 else if (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
3049 {
3050 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
3051 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3052 }
3053 else if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
3054 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
3055 {
3056 s->gc = s->face->gc;
3057 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3058 }
3059 else
3060 {
3061 s->gc = s->face->gc;
3062 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
3063 }
3064
3065 /* GC must have been set. */
3066 xassert (s->gc != 0);
3067 }
3068
3069
3070 /* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */
3071
3072 static void
3073 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, r)
3074 struct glyph_string *s;
3075 RECT *r;
3076 {
3077 int r_height, r_width;
3078
3079 if (s->row->full_width_p)
3080 {
3081 /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */
3082 int canon_x = CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
3083
3084 r->left = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s->w) * canon_x;
3085 r_width = XFASTINT (s->w->width) * canon_x;
3086
3087 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s->f))
3088 {
3089 int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * canon_x;
3090 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s->f))
3091 r->left -= width;
3092 }
3093
3094 r->left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s->f);
3095
3096 /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
3097 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */
3098 if (s->w->pseudo_window_p)
3099 r_height = s->row->visible_height;
3100 else
3101 r_height = s->height;
3102 }
3103 else
3104 {
3105 /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */
3106 r->left = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s->w, s->area, 0);
3107 r_width = window_box_width (s->w, s->area);
3108 r_height = s->row->visible_height;
3109 }
3110
3111 /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and
3112 bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string
3113 intentionally draws over other lines. */
3114 if (s->for_overlaps_p)
3115 {
3116 r->top = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w);
3117 r_height = window_text_bottom_y (s->w) - r->top;
3118 }
3119 else
3120 {
3121 /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
3122 visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for
3123 partially visible lines at the top of a window. */
3124 if (!s->row->full_width_p
3125 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s->w, s->row))
3126 r->top = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s->w);
3127 else
3128 r->top = max (0, s->row->y);
3129
3130 /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border
3131 at the top of the window. */
3132 if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window))
3133 r->top -= s->f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width;
3134 }
3135
3136 r->top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s->w, r->top);
3137
3138 /* If drawing the cursor, don't let glyph draw outside its
3139 advertised boundaries. Cleartype does this under some circumstances. */
3140 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
3141 {
3142 if (s->x > r->left)
3143 {
3144 r_width -= s->x - r->left;
3145 r->left = s->x;
3146 }
3147 r_width = min (r_width, s->first_glyph->pixel_width);
3148 }
3149
3150 r->bottom = r->top + r_height;
3151 r->right = r->left + r_width;
3152 }
3153
3154
3155 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
3156 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
3157
3158 static INLINE void
3159 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s)
3160 struct glyph_string *s;
3161 {
3162 RECT r;
3163 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
3164 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, &r);
3165 }
3166
3167
3168 /* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
3169 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
3170
3171 static INLINE void
3172 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s)
3173 struct glyph_string *s;
3174 {
3175 /* TODO: Windows does not appear to have a method for
3176 getting this info without getting the ABC widths for each
3177 individual character and working it out manually. */
3178 }
3179
3180
3181 /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
3182 predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S.
3183 BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */
3184
3185 static void
3186 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s, x, backward_p)
3187 struct glyph_string *s;
3188 int x;
3189 int backward_p;
3190 {
3191 if (backward_p)
3192 {
3193 while (s)
3194 {
3195 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
3196 x -= s->width;
3197 s->x = x;
3198 s = s->prev;
3199 }
3200 }
3201 else
3202 {
3203 while (s)
3204 {
3205 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
3206 s->x = x;
3207 x += s->width;
3208 s = s->next;
3209 }
3210 }
3211 }
3212
3213
3214 /* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
3215 frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are
3216 assumed to be zero. */
3217
3218 static void
3219 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc, glyph, f, left, right)
3220 HDC hdc;
3221 struct glyph *glyph;
3222 struct frame *f;
3223 int *left, *right;
3224 {
3225 *left = *right = 0;
3226
3227 if (glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH)
3228 {
3229 XFontStruct *font;
3230 struct face *face;
3231 wchar_t char2b;
3232 XCharStruct *pcm;
3233
3234 face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f, glyph, &char2b, NULL);
3235 font = face->font;
3236
3237 if (font
3238 && (pcm = w32_per_char_metric (font, &char2b,
3239 glyph->w32_font_type)))
3240 {
3241 if (pcm->rbearing > pcm->width)
3242 *right = pcm->rbearing - pcm->width;
3243 if (pcm->lbearing < 0)
3244 *left = -pcm->lbearing;
3245 }
3246 }
3247 }
3248
3249
3250 static void
3251 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph, f, left, right)
3252 struct glyph *glyph;
3253 struct frame *f;
3254 int *left, *right;
3255 {
3256 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
3257 /* Convert to unicode! */
3258 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (hdc, glyph, f, left, right);
3259 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
3260 }
3261
3262
3263 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3264 is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1
3265 if no glyphs are overwritten. */
3266
3267 static int
3268 x_left_overwritten (s)
3269 struct glyph_string *s;
3270 {
3271 int k;
3272
3273 if (s->left_overhang)
3274 {
3275 int x = 0, i;
3276 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3277 int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs;
3278
3279 for (i = first - 1; i >= 0 && x > -s->left_overhang; --i)
3280 x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3281
3282 k = i + 1;
3283 }
3284 else
3285 k = -1;
3286
3287 return k;
3288 }
3289
3290
3291 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
3292 is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no
3293 glyph in front of S overwrites S. */
3294
3295 static int
3296 x_left_overwriting (s)
3297 struct glyph_string *s;
3298 {
3299 int i, k, x;
3300 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3301 int first = s->first_glyph - glyphs;
3302
3303 k = -1;
3304 x = 0;
3305 for (i = first - 1; i >= 0; --i)
3306 {
3307 int left, right;
3308 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s->hdc, glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right);
3309 if (x + right > 0)
3310 k = i;
3311 x -= glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3312 }
3313
3314 return k;
3315 }
3316
3317
3318 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
3319 not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if
3320 no such glyph is found. */
3321
3322 static int
3323 x_right_overwritten (s)
3324 struct glyph_string *s;
3325 {
3326 int k = -1;
3327
3328 if (s->right_overhang)
3329 {
3330 int x = 0, i;
3331 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3332 int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars);
3333 int end = s->row->used[s->area];
3334
3335 for (i = first; i < end && s->right_overhang > x; ++i)
3336 x += glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3337
3338 k = i;
3339 }
3340
3341 return k;
3342 }
3343
3344
3345 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
3346 overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative
3347 if no such glyph is found. */
3348
3349 static int
3350 x_right_overwriting (s)
3351 struct glyph_string *s;
3352 {
3353 int i, k, x;
3354 int end = s->row->used[s->area];
3355 struct glyph *glyphs = s->row->glyphs[s->area];
3356 int first = (s->first_glyph - glyphs) + (s->cmp ? 1 : s->nchars);
3357
3358 k = -1;
3359 x = 0;
3360 for (i = first; i < end; ++i)
3361 {
3362 int left, right;
3363 w32_get_glyph_overhangs (s->hdc, glyphs + i, s->f, &left, &right);
3364 if (x - left < 0)
3365 k = i;
3366 x += glyphs[i].pixel_width;
3367 }
3368
3369 return k;
3370 }
3371
3372
3373 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
3374
3375 static INLINE void
3376 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
3377 struct glyph_string *s;
3378 int x, y, w, h;
3379 {
3380 int real_x = x;
3381 int real_y = y;
3382 int real_w = w;
3383 int real_h = h;
3384 #if 0
3385 /* Take clipping into account. */
3386 if (s->gc->clip_mask == Rect)
3387 {
3388 real_x = max (real_x, s->gc->clip_rectangle.left);
3389 real_y = max (real_y, s->gc->clip_rectangle.top);
3390 real_w = min (real_w, s->gc->clip_rectangle.right
3391 - s->gc->clip_rectangle.left);
3392 real_h = min (real_h, s->gc->clip_rectangle.bottom
3393 - s->gc->clip_rectangle.top);
3394 }
3395 #endif
3396 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->background, real_x, real_y,
3397 real_w, real_h);
3398 }
3399
3400
3401 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
3402 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
3403 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
3404 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
3405 contains the first component of a composition. */
3406
3407 static void
3408 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, force_p)
3409 struct glyph_string *s;
3410 int force_p;
3411 {
3412 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
3413 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
3414 if (!s->background_filled_p)
3415 {
3416 int box_line_width = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0);
3417
3418 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
3419 if (s->stippled_p)
3420 {
3421 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3422 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
3423 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, s->x,
3424 s->y + box_line_width,
3425 s->background_width,
3426 s->height - 2 * box_line_width);
3427 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
3428 s->background_filled_p = 1;
3429 }
3430 else
3431 #endif
3432 if (FONT_HEIGHT (s->font) < s->height - 2 * box_line_width
3433 || s->font_not_found_p
3434 || s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
3435 || s->font->bdf
3436 || force_p)
3437 {
3438 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, s->x, s->y + box_line_width,
3439 s->background_width,
3440 s->height - 2 * box_line_width);
3441 s->background_filled_p = 1;
3442 }
3443 }
3444 }
3445
3446
3447 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
3448
3449 static void
3450 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s)
3451 struct glyph_string *s;
3452 {
3453 int i, x;
3454 HFONT old_font;
3455
3456 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3457 of S to the right of that box line. */
3458 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3459 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3460 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3461 else
3462 x = s->x;
3463
3464 if (s->for_overlaps_p || (s->background_filled_p && s->hl != DRAW_CURSOR))
3465 SetBkMode (s->hdc, TRANSPARENT);
3466 else
3467 SetBkMode (s->hdc, OPAQUE);
3468
3469 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3470 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3471 SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT);
3472
3473 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3474 old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, s->font->hfont);
3475
3476 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
3477 loaded. */
3478 if (s->font_not_found_p)
3479 {
3480 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
3481 {
3482 struct glyph *g = s->first_glyph + i;
3483
3484 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, g->pixel_width - 1,
3485 s->height - 1);
3486 x += g->pixel_width;
3487 }
3488 }
3489 else
3490 {
3491 char *char1b = (char *) s->char2b;
3492 int boff = s->font_info->baseline_offset;
3493
3494 if (s->font_info->vertical_centering)
3495 boff = VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s->font, s->f) - boff;
3496
3497 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
3498 if (!s->two_byte_p)
3499 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; ++i)
3500 char1b[i] = BYTE2 (s->char2b[i]);
3501
3502 /* Draw text with TextOut and friends. */
3503 w32_text_out (s, x, s->ybase - boff, s->char2b, s->nchars);
3504 }
3505 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3506 SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font);
3507 }
3508
3509 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
3510
3511 static void
3512 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s)
3513 struct glyph_string *s;
3514 {
3515 int i, x;
3516 HFONT old_font;
3517
3518 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3519 of S to the right of that box line. */
3520 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3521 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3522 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3523 else
3524 x = s->x;
3525
3526 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
3527 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
3528 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
3529 this composition. */
3530
3531 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3532 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3533 SetBkMode (s->hdc, TRANSPARENT);
3534 SetTextAlign (s->hdc, TA_BASELINE | TA_LEFT);
3535
3536 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3537 old_font = SelectObject (s->hdc, s->font->hfont);
3538
3539 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
3540 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
3541 if (s->font_not_found_p)
3542 {
3543 if (s->gidx == 0)
3544 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, s->y, s->width - 1,
3545 s->height - 1);
3546 }
3547 else
3548 {
3549 for (i = 0; i < s->nchars; i++, ++s->gidx)
3550 w32_text_out (s, x + s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2],
3551 s->ybase - s->cmp->offsets[s->gidx * 2 + 1],
3552 s->char2b + i, 1);
3553 }
3554 if (s->font && s->font->hfont)
3555 SelectObject (s->hdc, old_font);
3556 }
3557
3558
3559 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
3560 boosted.
3561
3562 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
3563 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
3564 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
3565 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-255) have to
3566 use an additional additive factor.
3567
3568 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
3569 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
3570 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 187
3571
3572
3573 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *COLOR by FACTOR
3574 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
3575 If this produces the same color as COLOR, try a color where all RGB
3576 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *COLOR.
3577 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
3578 Value is non-zero if successful. */
3579
3580 static int
3581 w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, color, factor, delta)
3582 struct frame *f;
3583 COLORREF *color;
3584 double factor;
3585 int delta;
3586 {
3587 COLORREF new;
3588 long bright;
3589
3590 /* On Windows, RGB values are 0-255, not 0-65535, so scale delta. */
3591 delta /= 256;
3592
3593 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
3594 xassert (factor >= 0);
3595 new = PALETTERGB (min (0xff, factor * GetRValue (*color)),
3596 min (0xff, factor * GetGValue (*color)),
3597 min (0xff, factor * GetBValue (*color)));
3598
3599 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
3600 bright = (2 * GetRValue (*color) + 3 * GetGValue (*color)
3601 + GetBValue (*color)) / 6;
3602
3603 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
3604 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
3605 if (bright < HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT)
3606 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
3607 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
3608 {
3609 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
3610 double dimness = 1 - (double)bright / HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT;
3611 /* The additive adjustment. */
3612 int min_delta = delta * dimness * factor / 2;
3613
3614 if (factor < 1)
3615 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetRValue (*color))),
3616 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetGValue (*color))),
3617 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta - GetBValue (*color))));
3618 else
3619 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetRValue (*color))),
3620 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetGValue (*color))),
3621 max (0, min (0xff, min_delta + GetBValue (*color))));
3622 }
3623
3624 if (new == *color)
3625 new = PALETTERGB (max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetRValue (*color))),
3626 max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetGValue (*color))),
3627 max (0, min (0xff, delta + GetBValue (*color))));
3628
3629 /* TODO: Map to palette and retry with delta if same? */
3630 /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
3631
3632 if (new == *color)
3633 return 0;
3634
3635 *color = new;
3636
3637 return 1;
3638 }
3639
3640
3641 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
3642 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
3643 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
3644 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
3645 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
3646 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
3647
3648 static void
3649 w32_setup_relief_color (f, relief, factor, delta, default_pixel)
3650 struct frame *f;
3651 struct relief *relief;
3652 double factor;
3653 int delta;
3654 COLORREF default_pixel;
3655 {
3656 XGCValues xgcv;
3657 struct w32_output *di = f->output_data.w32;
3658 unsigned long mask = GCForeground;
3659 COLORREF pixel;
3660 COLORREF background = di->relief_background;
3661 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
3662
3663 /* TODO: Free colors (if using palette)? */
3664
3665 /* Allocate new color. */
3666 xgcv.foreground = default_pixel;
3667 pixel = background;
3668 if (w32_alloc_lighter_color (f, &pixel, factor, delta))
3669 {
3670 relief->allocated_p = 1;
3671 xgcv.foreground = relief->pixel = pixel;
3672 }
3673
3674 if (relief->gc == 0)
3675 {
3676 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
3677 xgcv.stipple = dpyinfo->gray;
3678 mask |= GCStipple;
3679 #endif
3680 relief->gc = XCreateGC (NULL, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), mask, &xgcv);
3681 }
3682 else
3683 XChangeGC (NULL, relief->gc, mask, &xgcv);
3684 }
3685
3686
3687 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
3688
3689 static void
3690 x_setup_relief_colors (s)
3691 struct glyph_string *s;
3692 {
3693 struct w32_output *di = s->f->output_data.w32;
3694 COLORREF color;
3695
3696 if (s->face->use_box_color_for_shadows_p)
3697 color = s->face->box_color;
3698 else if (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH
3699 && s->img->pixmap
3700 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s->img, s->f, 0))
3701 color = IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s->img, s->f, 0);
3702 else
3703 color = s->gc->background;
3704
3705 if (di->white_relief.gc == 0
3706 || color != di->relief_background)
3707 {
3708 di->relief_background = color;
3709 w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->white_relief, 1.2, 0x8000,
3710 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
3711 w32_setup_relief_color (s->f, &di->black_relief, 0.6, 0x4000,
3712 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s->f));
3713 }
3714 }
3715
3716
3717 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
3718 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
3719 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
3720 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
3721 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
3722 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
3723 when drawing. */
3724
3725 static void
3726 w32_draw_relief_rect (f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3727 raised_p, left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
3728 struct frame *f;
3729 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, left_p, right_p, raised_p;
3730 RECT *clip_rect;
3731 {
3732 int i;
3733 XGCValues gc;
3734 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
3735
3736 if (raised_p)
3737 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground;
3738 else
3739 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground;
3740
3741 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, clip_rect);
3742
3743 /* Top. */
3744 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3745 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3746 left_x + i * left_p, top_y + i,
3747 right_x - left_x - i * (left_p + right_p ) + 1, 1);
3748
3749 /* Left. */
3750 if (left_p)
3751 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3752 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3753 left_x + i, top_y + i, 1,
3754 bottom_y - top_y - 2 * i + 1);
3755
3756 if (raised_p)
3757 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->black_relief.gc->foreground;
3758 else
3759 gc.foreground = f->output_data.w32->white_relief.gc->foreground;
3760
3761 /* Bottom. */
3762 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3763 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3764 left_x + i * left_p, bottom_y - i,
3765 right_x - left_x - i * (left_p + right_p) + 1, 1);
3766
3767 /* Right. */
3768 if (right_p)
3769 for (i = 0; i < width; ++i)
3770 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, gc.foreground,
3771 right_x - i, top_y + i + 1, 1,
3772 bottom_y - top_y - 2 * i - 1);
3773
3774 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, NULL);
3775
3776 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
3777 }
3778
3779
3780 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
3781 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
3782 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
3783 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
3784 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
3785 rectangle to use when drawing. */
3786
3787 static void
3788 w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3789 left_p, right_p, clip_rect)
3790 struct glyph_string *s;
3791 int left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width, left_p, right_p;
3792 RECT *clip_rect;
3793 {
3794 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, clip_rect);
3795
3796 /* Top. */
3797 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3798 left_x, top_y, right_x - left_x + 1, width);
3799
3800 /* Left. */
3801 if (left_p)
3802 {
3803 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3804 left_x, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1);
3805 }
3806
3807 /* Bottom. */
3808 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3809 left_x, bottom_y - width + 1, right_x - left_x + 1, width);
3810
3811 /* Right. */
3812 if (right_p)
3813 {
3814 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->box_color,
3815 right_x - width + 1, top_y, width, bottom_y - top_y + 1);
3816 }
3817
3818 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
3819 }
3820
3821
3822 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
3823
3824 static void
3825 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s)
3826 struct glyph_string *s;
3827 {
3828 int width, left_x, right_x, top_y, bottom_y, last_x, raised_p;
3829 int left_p, right_p;
3830 struct glyph *last_glyph;
3831 RECT clip_rect;
3832
3833 last_x = window_box_right (s->w, s->area);
3834 if (s->row->full_width_p
3835 && !s->w->pseudo_window_p)
3836 {
3837 last_x += FRAME_X_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (s->f);
3838 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s->f))
3839 last_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s->f) * CANON_X_UNIT (s->f);
3840 }
3841
3842 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
3843 last_glyph = (s->cmp || s->img
3844 ? s->first_glyph
3845 : s->first_glyph + s->nchars - 1);
3846
3847 width = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3848 raised_p = s->face->box == FACE_RAISED_BOX;
3849 left_x = s->x;
3850 right_x = ((s->row->full_width_p && s->extends_to_end_of_line_p
3851 ? last_x - 1
3852 : min (last_x, s->x + s->background_width) - 1));
3853 top_y = s->y;
3854 bottom_y = top_y + s->height - 1;
3855
3856 left_p = (s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p
3857 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3858 && (s->prev == NULL
3859 || s->prev->hl != s->hl)));
3860 right_p = (last_glyph->right_box_line_p
3861 || (s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3862 && (s->next == NULL
3863 || s->next->hl != s->hl)));
3864
3865 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &clip_rect);
3866
3867 if (s->face->box == FACE_SIMPLE_BOX)
3868 w32_draw_box_rect (s, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y, width,
3869 left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
3870 else
3871 {
3872 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
3873 w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, left_x, top_y, right_x, bottom_y,
3874 width, raised_p, left_p, right_p, &clip_rect);
3875 }
3876 }
3877
3878
3879 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
3880
3881 static void
3882 x_draw_image_foreground (s)
3883 struct glyph_string *s;
3884 {
3885 int x;
3886 int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
3887
3888 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3889 right of that line. */
3890 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3891 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3892 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3893 else
3894 x = s->x;
3895
3896 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3897 by that margin. */
3898 x += s->img->hmargin;
3899 y += s->img->vmargin;
3900
3901 SaveDC (s->hdc);
3902
3903 if (s->img->pixmap)
3904 {
3905 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
3906 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
3907 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush);
3908 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap);
3909 SetBkColor (compat_hdc, RGB (255, 255, 255));
3910 SetTextColor (s->hdc, RGB (0, 0, 0));
3911 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
3912
3913 if (s->img->mask)
3914 {
3915 HDC mask_dc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
3916 HGDIOBJ mask_orig_obj = SelectObject (mask_dc, s->img->mask);
3917
3918 SetTextColor (s->hdc, RGB (255, 255, 255));
3919 SetBkColor (s->hdc, RGB (0, 0, 0));
3920
3921 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3922 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCINVERT);
3923 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3924 mask_dc, 0, 0, SRCAND);
3925 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3926 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCINVERT);
3927
3928 SelectObject (mask_dc, mask_orig_obj);
3929 DeleteDC (mask_dc);
3930 }
3931 else
3932 {
3933 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
3934 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
3935
3936 BitBlt (s->hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
3937 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
3938
3939 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3940 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3941 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3942 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3943 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3944 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3945 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
3946 {
3947 int r = s->img->relief;
3948 if (r < 0) r = -r;
3949 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x - r, y - r ,
3950 s->img->width + r*2 - 1, s->img->height + r*2 - 1);
3951 }
3952 }
3953
3954 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
3955 SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush);
3956 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
3957 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
3958 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
3959 }
3960 else
3961 w32_draw_rectangle (s->hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width -1,
3962 s->img->height - 1);
3963
3964 RestoreDC (s->hdc ,-1);
3965 }
3966
3967
3968
3969 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
3970
3971 static void
3972 x_draw_image_relief (s)
3973 struct glyph_string *s;
3974 {
3975 int x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p;
3976 RECT r;
3977 int x;
3978 int y = s->ybase - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
3979
3980 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3981 right of that line. */
3982 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
3983 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
3984 x = s->x + abs (s->face->box_line_width);
3985 else
3986 x = s->x;
3987
3988 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3989 by that margin. */
3990 x += s->img->hmargin;
3991 y += s->img->vmargin;
3992
3993 if (s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
3994 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED)
3995 {
3996 thick = tool_bar_button_relief >= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief : DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF;
3997 raised_p = s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
3998 }
3999 else
4000 {
4001 thick = abs (s->img->relief);
4002 raised_p = s->img->relief > 0;
4003 }
4004
4005 x0 = x - thick;
4006 y0 = y - thick;
4007 x1 = x + s->img->width + thick - 1;
4008 y1 = y + s->img->height + thick - 1;
4009
4010 x_setup_relief_colors (s);
4011 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
4012 w32_draw_relief_rect (s->f, x0, y0, x1, y1, thick, raised_p, 1, 1, &r);
4013 }
4014
4015
4016 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
4017
4018 static void
4019 w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap)
4020 struct glyph_string *s;
4021 HBITMAP pixmap;
4022 {
4023 HDC hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
4024 HGDIOBJ orig_hdc_obj = SelectObject (hdc, pixmap);
4025 int x;
4026 int y = s->ybase - s->y - image_ascent (s->img, s->face);
4027
4028 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
4029 right of that line. */
4030 if (s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
4031 && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
4032 x = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
4033 else
4034 x = 0;
4035
4036 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
4037 by that margin. */
4038 x += s->img->hmargin;
4039 y += s->img->vmargin;
4040
4041 if (s->img->pixmap)
4042 {
4043 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc);
4044 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
4045 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (hdc, fg_brush);
4046 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, s->img->pixmap);
4047
4048 if (s->img->mask)
4049 {
4050 HDC mask_dc = CreateCompatibleDC (hdc);
4051 HGDIOBJ mask_orig_obj = SelectObject (mask_dc, s->img->mask);
4052
4053 SetTextColor (hdc, RGB (0, 0, 0));
4054 SetBkColor (hdc, RGB (255, 255, 255));
4055 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
4056 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCINVERT);
4057 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
4058 mask_dc, 0, 0, SRCAND);
4059 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
4060 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCINVERT);
4061
4062 SelectObject (mask_dc, mask_orig_obj);
4063 DeleteDC (mask_dc);
4064 }
4065 else
4066 {
4067 SetTextColor (hdc, s->gc->foreground);
4068 SetBkColor (hdc, s->gc->background);
4069
4070 BitBlt (hdc, x, y, s->img->width, s->img->height,
4071 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
4072
4073 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
4074 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
4075 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
4076 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
4077 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
4078 nothing here for mouse-face. */
4079 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR)
4080 {
4081 int r = s->img->relief;
4082 if (r < 0) r = -r;
4083 w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x - r, y - r ,
4084 s->img->width + r*2 - 1, s->img->height + r*2 - 1);
4085 }
4086 }
4087
4088 SelectObject (hdc, orig_brush);
4089 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
4090 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
4091 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
4092 }
4093 else
4094 w32_draw_rectangle (hdc, s->gc, x, y, s->img->width - 1,
4095 s->img->height - 1);
4096
4097 SelectObject (hdc, orig_hdc_obj);
4098 DeleteDC (hdc);
4099 }
4100
4101
4102 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
4103 give the rectangle to draw. */
4104
4105 static void
4106 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, w, h)
4107 struct glyph_string *s;
4108 int x, y, w, h;
4109 {
4110 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
4111 if (s->stippled_p)
4112 {
4113 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4114 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4115 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, s->gc, x, y, w, h);
4116 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
4117 }
4118 else
4119 #endif
4120 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s, x, y, w, h);
4121 }
4122
4123
4124 /* Draw image glyph string S.
4125
4126 s->y
4127 s->x +-------------------------
4128 | s->face->box
4129 |
4130 | +-------------------------
4131 | | s->img->vmargin
4132 | |
4133 | | +-------------------
4134 | | | the image
4135
4136 */
4137
4138 static void
4139 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s)
4140 struct glyph_string *s;
4141 {
4142 int x, y;
4143 int box_line_hwidth = abs (s->face->box_line_width);
4144 int box_line_vwidth = max (s->face->box_line_width, 0);
4145 int height;
4146 HBITMAP pixmap = 0;
4147
4148 height = s->height - 2 * box_line_vwidth;
4149
4150 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
4151 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
4152 flickering. */
4153 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
4154 if (height > s->img->height
4155 || s->img->hmargin
4156 || s->img->vmargin
4157 || s->img->mask
4158 || s->img->pixmap == 0
4159 || s->width != s->background_width)
4160 {
4161 if (box_line_hwidth && s->first_glyph->left_box_line_p)
4162 x = s->x + box_line_hwidth;
4163 else
4164 x = s->x;
4165
4166 y = s->y + box_line_vwidth;
4167 #if 0 /* TODO: figure out if we need to do this on Windows. */
4168 if (s->img->mask)
4169 {
4170 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
4171 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
4172 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
4173 Screen *screen = FRAME_X_SCREEN (s->f);
4174 int depth = DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen);
4175
4176 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
4177 pixmap = XCreatePixmap (s->display, s->window,
4178 s->background_width,
4179 s->height, depth);
4180
4181 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
4182 pixmap. */
4183 XSetClipMask (s->display, s->gc, None);
4184
4185 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
4186 if (s->stippled_p)
4187 {
4188 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4189 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4190 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
4191 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
4192 XSetFillStyle (s->display, s->gc, FillSolid);
4193 }
4194 else
4195 {
4196 XGCValues xgcv;
4197 XGetGCValues (s->display, s->gc, GCForeground | GCBackground,
4198 &xgcv);
4199 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.background);
4200 XFillRectangle (s->display, pixmap, s->gc,
4201 0, 0, s->background_width, s->height);
4202 XSetForeground (s->display, s->gc, xgcv.foreground);
4203 }
4204 }
4205 else
4206 #endif
4207 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, x, y, s->background_width, height);
4208
4209 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4210 }
4211
4212 /* Draw the foreground. */
4213 if (pixmap != 0)
4214 {
4215 w32_draw_image_foreground_1 (s, pixmap);
4216 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4217 {
4218 HDC compat_hdc = CreateCompatibleDC (s->hdc);
4219 HBRUSH fg_brush = CreateSolidBrush (s->gc->foreground);
4220 HBRUSH orig_brush = SelectObject (s->hdc, fg_brush);
4221 HGDIOBJ orig_obj = SelectObject (compat_hdc, pixmap);
4222
4223 SetTextColor (s->hdc, s->gc->foreground);
4224 SetBkColor (s->hdc, s->gc->background);
4225 BitBlt (s->hdc, s->x, s->y, s->background_width, s->height,
4226 compat_hdc, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
4227
4228 SelectObject (s->hdc, orig_brush);
4229 DeleteObject (fg_brush);
4230 SelectObject (compat_hdc, orig_obj);
4231 DeleteDC (compat_hdc);
4232 }
4233 DeleteObject (pixmap);
4234 pixmap = 0;
4235 }
4236 else
4237 x_draw_image_foreground (s);
4238
4239 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
4240 if (s->img->relief
4241 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
4242 || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
4243 x_draw_image_relief (s);
4244 }
4245
4246
4247 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
4248
4249 static void
4250 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s)
4251 struct glyph_string *s;
4252 {
4253 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
4254 s->stippled_p = s->face->stipple != 0;
4255
4256 if (s->hl == DRAW_CURSOR
4257 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
4258 {
4259 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
4260 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
4261 int width = min (CANON_X_UNIT (s->f), s->background_width);
4262
4263 /* Draw cursor. */
4264 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, width, s->height);
4265
4266 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
4267 if (width < s->background_width)
4268 {
4269 XGCValues *gc = s->face->gc;
4270 int x = s->x + width, y = s->y;
4271 int w = s->background_width - width, h = s->height;
4272 RECT r;
4273 HDC hdc = s->hdc;
4274
4275 if (s->row->mouse_face_p
4276 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s->w))
4277 {
4278 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s);
4279 gc = s->gc;
4280 }
4281 else
4282 gc = s->face->gc;
4283
4284 w32_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s, &r);
4285 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &r);
4286
4287 #if 0 /* TODO: stipple */
4288 if (s->face->stipple)
4289 {
4290 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
4291 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillOpaqueStippled);
4292 XFillRectangle (s->display, s->window, gc, x, y, w, h);
4293 XSetFillStyle (s->display, gc, FillSolid);
4294 }
4295 else
4296 #endif
4297 {
4298 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, gc->background, x, y, w, h);
4299 }
4300 }
4301 }
4302 else if (!s->background_filled_p)
4303 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s, s->x, s->y, s->background_width,
4304 s->height);
4305
4306 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4307 }
4308
4309
4310 /* Draw glyph string S. */
4311
4312 static void
4313 x_draw_glyph_string (s)
4314 struct glyph_string *s;
4315 {
4316 int relief_drawn_p = 0;
4317
4318 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
4319 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
4320 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
4321 if (s->next && s->right_overhang && !s->for_overlaps_p)
4322 {
4323 xassert (s->next->img == NULL);
4324 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s->next);
4325 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s->next);
4326 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s->next, 1);
4327 }
4328
4329 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
4330 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s);
4331
4332 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
4333 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
4334 if (!s->for_overlaps_p
4335 && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX
4336 && (s->first_glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
4337 || s->first_glyph->type == COMPOSITE_GLYPH))
4338
4339 {
4340 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4341 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1);
4342 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
4343 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4344 relief_drawn_p = 1;
4345 }
4346 else
4347 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s);
4348
4349 switch (s->first_glyph->type)
4350 {
4351 case IMAGE_GLYPH:
4352 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s);
4353 break;
4354
4355 case STRETCH_GLYPH:
4356 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s);
4357 break;
4358
4359 case CHAR_GLYPH:
4360 if (s->for_overlaps_p)
4361 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4362 else
4363 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0);
4364 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s);
4365 break;
4366
4367 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH:
4368 if (s->for_overlaps_p || s->gidx > 0)
4369 s->background_filled_p = 1;
4370 else
4371 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 1);
4372 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s);
4373 break;
4374
4375 default:
4376 abort ();
4377 }
4378
4379 if (!s->for_overlaps_p)
4380 {
4381 /* Draw underline. */
4382 if (s->face->underline_p
4383 && (s->font->bdf || !s->font->tm.tmUnderlined))
4384 {
4385 unsigned long h = 1;
4386 unsigned long dy = s->height - h;
4387
4388 /* TODO: Use font information for positioning and thickness
4389 of underline. See OUTLINETEXTMETRIC, and xterm.c. */
4390 if (s->face->underline_defaulted_p)
4391 {
4392 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x,
4393 s->y + dy, s->width, 1);
4394 }
4395 else
4396 {
4397 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4398 s->y + dy, s->width, 1);
4399 }
4400 }
4401
4402 /* Draw overline. */
4403 if (s->face->overline_p)
4404 {
4405 unsigned long dy = 0, h = 1;
4406
4407 if (s->face->overline_color_defaulted_p)
4408 {
4409 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x,
4410 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4411 }
4412 else
4413 {
4414 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4415 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4416 }
4417 }
4418
4419 /* Draw strike-through. */
4420 if (s->face->strike_through_p
4421 && (s->font->bdf || !s->font->tm.tmStruckOut))
4422 {
4423 unsigned long h = 1;
4424 unsigned long dy = (s->height - h) / 2;
4425
4426 if (s->face->strike_through_color_defaulted_p)
4427 {
4428 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->gc->foreground, s->x, s->y + dy,
4429 s->width, h);
4430 }
4431 else
4432 {
4433 w32_fill_area (s->f, s->hdc, s->face->underline_color, s->x,
4434 s->y + dy, s->width, h);
4435 }
4436 }
4437
4438 /* Draw relief. */
4439 if (!relief_drawn_p && s->face->box != FACE_NO_BOX)
4440 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s);
4441 }
4442
4443 /* Reset clipping. */
4444 w32_set_clip_rectangle (s->hdc, NULL);
4445 }
4446
4447
4448 static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string P_ ((struct glyph_string *,
4449 struct face **, int));
4450
4451
4452 /* Fill glyph string S with composition components specified by S->cmp.
4453
4454 FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition.
4455 S->gidx is the index of the first component for S.
4456 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4457 use its physical height for clipping.
4458
4459 Value is the index of a component not in S. */
4460
4461 static int
4462 x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, overlaps_p)
4463 struct glyph_string *s;
4464 struct face **faces;
4465 int overlaps_p;
4466 {
4467 int i;
4468
4469 xassert (s);
4470
4471 s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p;
4472
4473 s->face = faces[s->gidx];
4474 s->font = s->face->font;
4475 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4476
4477 /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset
4478 S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a
4479 glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */
4480 ++s->nchars;
4481 for (i = s->gidx + 1; i < s->cmp->glyph_len && faces[i] == s->face; ++i)
4482 ++s->nchars;
4483
4484 /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width,
4485 i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */
4486
4487 s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
4488
4489 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
4490 default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4491 the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
4492 characters of the glyph string. */
4493 if (s->font == NULL)
4494 {
4495 s->font_not_found_p = 1;
4496 s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f);
4497 }
4498
4499 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4500 s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
4501
4502 xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
4503
4504 /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
4505 s->two_byte_p = 1;
4506
4507 return s->gidx + s->nchars;
4508 }
4509
4510
4511 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of character glyphs.
4512
4513 FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the
4514 first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4515 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4516 use its physical height for clipping.
4517
4518 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4519
4520 static int
4521 x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, start, end, overlaps_p)
4522 struct glyph_string *s;
4523 int face_id;
4524 int start, end, overlaps_p;
4525 {
4526 struct glyph *glyph, *last;
4527 int voffset;
4528 int glyph_not_available_p;
4529
4530 xassert (s->f == XFRAME (s->w->frame));
4531 xassert (s->nchars == 0);
4532 xassert (start >= 0 && end > start);
4533
4534 s->for_overlaps_p = overlaps_p;
4535 glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start;
4536 last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end;
4537 voffset = glyph->voffset;
4538
4539 glyph_not_available_p = glyph->glyph_not_available_p;
4540
4541 while (glyph < last
4542 && glyph->type == CHAR_GLYPH
4543 && glyph->voffset == voffset
4544 /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */
4545 && glyph->face_id == face_id
4546 && glyph->glyph_not_available_p == glyph_not_available_p)
4547 {
4548 int two_byte_p;
4549
4550 s->face = x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s->f, glyph,
4551 s->char2b + s->nchars,
4552 &two_byte_p);
4553 s->two_byte_p = two_byte_p;
4554 ++s->nchars;
4555 xassert (s->nchars <= end - start);
4556 s->width += glyph->pixel_width;
4557 ++glyph;
4558 }
4559
4560 s->font = s->face->font;
4561 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4562
4563 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
4564 but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4565 S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
4566 characters of the glyph string. */
4567 if (s->font == NULL || glyph_not_available_p)
4568 {
4569 s->font_not_found_p = 1;
4570 s->font = FRAME_FONT (s->f);
4571 }
4572
4573 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4574 s->ybase += voffset;
4575
4576 xassert (s->face && s->face->gc);
4577 return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area];
4578 }
4579
4580
4581 /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */
4582
4583 static void
4584 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s)
4585 struct glyph_string *s;
4586 {
4587 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH);
4588 s->img = IMAGE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->u.img_id);
4589 xassert (s->img);
4590 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, s->first_glyph->face_id);
4591 s->font = s->face->font;
4592 s->width = s->first_glyph->pixel_width;
4593
4594 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4595 s->ybase += s->first_glyph->voffset;
4596 }
4597
4598
4599 /* Fill glyph string S from a sequence of stretch glyphs.
4600
4601 ROW is the glyph row in which the glyphs are found, AREA is the
4602 area within the row. START is the index of the first glyph to
4603 consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4604
4605 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4606
4607 static int
4608 x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, row, area, start, end)
4609 struct glyph_string *s;
4610 struct glyph_row *row;
4611 enum glyph_row_area area;
4612 int start, end;
4613 {
4614 struct glyph *glyph, *last;
4615 int voffset, face_id;
4616
4617 xassert (s->first_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH);
4618
4619 glyph = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + start;
4620 last = s->row->glyphs[s->area] + end;
4621 face_id = glyph->face_id;
4622 s->face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, face_id);
4623 s->font = s->face->font;
4624 s->font_info = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s->f, s->face->font_info_id);
4625 s->width = glyph->pixel_width;
4626 voffset = glyph->voffset;
4627
4628 for (++glyph;
4629 (glyph < last
4630 && glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
4631 && glyph->voffset == voffset
4632 && glyph->face_id == face_id);
4633 ++glyph)
4634 s->width += glyph->pixel_width;
4635
4636 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4637 s->ybase += voffset;
4638
4639 xassert (s->face);
4640 return glyph - s->row->glyphs[s->area];
4641 }
4642
4643
4644 /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
4645 of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
4646 x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W
4647 is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row
4648 and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the
4649 index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a
4650 face-override for drawing S. */
4651
4652 static void
4653 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, w, row, area, start, hl)
4654 struct glyph_string *s;
4655 HDC hdc;
4656 wchar_t *char2b;
4657 struct window *w;
4658 struct glyph_row *row;
4659 enum glyph_row_area area;
4660 int start;
4661 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
4662 {
4663 bzero (s, sizeof *s);
4664 s->w = w;
4665 s->f = XFRAME (w->frame);
4666 s->hdc = hdc;
4667 s->window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (s->f);
4668 s->char2b = char2b;
4669 s->hl = hl;
4670 s->row = row;
4671 s->area = area;
4672 s->first_glyph = row->glyphs[area] + start;
4673 s->height = row->height;
4674 s->y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
4675
4676 /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */
4677 if (s->w == XWINDOW (s->f->tool_bar_window))
4678 s->y -= s->f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width;
4679
4680 s->ybase = s->y + row->ascent;
4681 }
4682
4683
4684 /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the
4685 first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
4686 in the drawing area. */
4687
4688 static INLINE void
4689 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, start, last_x)
4690 struct glyph_string *s;
4691 int start;
4692 int last_x;
4693 {
4694 /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
4695 the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */
4696 struct face *default_face = FACE_FROM_ID (s->f, DEFAULT_FACE_ID);
4697
4698 if (start == s->row->used[s->area]
4699 && s->area == TEXT_AREA
4700 && ((s->hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
4701 && (s->row->fill_line_p
4702 || s->face->background != default_face->background
4703 || s->face->stipple != default_face->stipple
4704 || s->row->mouse_face_p))
4705 || s->hl == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
4706 || ((s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED || s->hl == DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN)
4707 && s->row->fill_line_p)))
4708 s->extends_to_end_of_line_p = 1;
4709
4710 /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
4711 background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
4712 area. */
4713 if (s->extends_to_end_of_line_p)
4714 s->background_width = last_x - s->x + 1;
4715 else
4716 s->background_width = s->width;
4717 }
4718
4719
4720 /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
4721 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in
4722 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4723 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4724 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4725 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4726 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4727
4728 #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4729 do \
4730 { \
4731 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4732 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4733 START = x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s, ROW, AREA, START, END); \
4734 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4735 s->x = (X); \
4736 } \
4737 while (0)
4738
4739
4740 /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
4741 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in
4742 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4743 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4744 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4745 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4746 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4747
4748 #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4749 do \
4750 { \
4751 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4752 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4753 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \
4754 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4755 ++START; \
4756 s->x = (X); \
4757 } \
4758 while (0)
4759
4760
4761 /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
4762 of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first
4763 glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
4764 glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
4765 area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
4766 string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
4767 is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the
4768 right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4769
4770 #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4771 do \
4772 { \
4773 int c, face_id; \
4774 wchar_t *char2b; \
4775 \
4776 c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch; \
4777 face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4778 \
4779 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4780 char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
4781 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4782 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4783 s->x = (X); \
4784 START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \
4785 OVERLAPS_P); \
4786 } \
4787 while (0)
4788
4789
4790 /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings
4791 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in
4792 row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph
4793 string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area.
4794 X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string
4795 constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is
4796 DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most
4797 x-position of the drawing area. */
4798
4799 #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4800 do { \
4801 int cmp_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.cmp_id; \
4802 int face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4803 struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), face_id); \
4804 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \
4805 int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \
4806 wchar_t *char2b; \
4807 struct face **faces; \
4808 struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \
4809 int n; \
4810 \
4811 base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \
4812 char2b = (wchar_t *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \
4813 faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \
4814 /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \
4815 for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \
4816 { \
4817 int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \
4818 int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (XFRAME (w->frame), base_face, c); \
4819 faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), this_face_id); \
4820 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (XFRAME (w->frame), c, \
4821 this_face_id, char2b + n, 1); \
4822 } \
4823 \
4824 /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \
4825 the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \
4826 for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \
4827 { \
4828 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4829 w32_init_glyph_string (s, hdc, char2b + n, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4830 x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
4831 s->cmp = cmp; \
4832 s->gidx = n; \
4833 s->x = (X); \
4834 \
4835 if (n == 0) \
4836 first_s = s; \
4837 \
4838 n = x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, OVERLAPS_P); \
4839 } \
4840 \
4841 ++START; \
4842 s = first_s; \
4843 } while (0)
4844
4845
4846 /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
4847 of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
4848 HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
4849 DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end
4850 x-positions of the drawing area.
4851
4852 This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
4853 to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called
4854 asynchronously). */
4855
4856 #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4857 do \
4858 { \
4859 HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \
4860 while (START < END) \
4861 { \
4862 struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \
4863 switch (first_glyph->type) \
4864 { \
4865 case CHAR_GLYPH: \
4866 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4867 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, \
4868 OVERLAPS_P); \
4869 break; \
4870 \
4871 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \
4872 BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, \
4873 END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, \
4874 LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P); \
4875 break; \
4876 \
4877 case STRETCH_GLYPH: \
4878 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END,\
4879 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4880 break; \
4881 \
4882 case IMAGE_GLYPH: \
4883 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (hdc, W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4884 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4885 break; \
4886 \
4887 default: \
4888 abort (); \
4889 } \
4890 \
4891 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \
4892 (X) += s->width; \
4893 } \
4894 } \
4895 while (0)
4896
4897
4898 /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
4899 starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a
4900 face-override with the following meaning:
4901
4902 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally
4903 DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face
4904 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face.
4905 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face
4906 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it
4907 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it
4908
4909 If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters
4910 and clip to the physical height of ROW.
4911
4912 Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */
4913
4914 static int
4915 x_draw_glyphs (w, x, row, area, start, end, hl, overlaps_p)
4916 struct window *w;
4917 int x;
4918 struct glyph_row *row;
4919 enum glyph_row_area area;
4920 int start, end;
4921 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
4922 int overlaps_p;
4923 {
4924 struct glyph_string *head, *tail;
4925 struct glyph_string *s;
4926 int last_x, area_width;
4927 int x_reached;
4928 int i, j;
4929 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)));
4930
4931 /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */
4932 end = min (end, row->used[area]);
4933 start = max (0, start);
4934 start = min (end, start);
4935
4936 /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right
4937 end of the drawing area. */
4938 if (row->full_width_p)
4939 {
4940 /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
4941 or fringes. */
4942 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
4943 int window_left_x = WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4944
4945 x += window_left_x;
4946 area_width = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4947 last_x = window_left_x + area_width;
4948
4949 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
4950 {
4951 int width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
4952 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
4953 last_x += width;
4954 else
4955 x -= width;
4956 }
4957
4958 x += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
4959 last_x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
4960 }
4961 else
4962 {
4963 x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, x);
4964 area_width = window_box_width (w, area);
4965 last_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, area, area_width);
4966 }
4967
4968 /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
4969 head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro
4970 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's
4971 the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */
4972 i = start;
4973 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, i, end, head, tail, hl, x, last_x,
4974 overlaps_p);
4975 if (tail)
4976 x_reached = tail->x + tail->background_width;
4977 else
4978 x_reached = x;
4979
4980 /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
4981 the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
4982 strings built above. */
4983 if (head && !overlaps_p && row->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p)
4984 {
4985 int dummy_x = 0;
4986 struct glyph_string *h, *t;
4987
4988 /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */
4989 for (s = head; s; s = s->next)
4990 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s);
4991
4992 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
4993 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
4994 string's left overhang. The background of all strings
4995 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string
4996 draws over it. */
4997 i = x_left_overwritten (head);
4998 if (i >= 0)
4999 {
5000 j = i;
5001 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, j, start, h, t,
5002 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x,
5003 overlaps_p);
5004 start = i;
5005 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1);
5006 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
5007 }
5008
5009 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
5010 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
5011 right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must
5012 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
5013 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
5014 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
5015 strings exist. */
5016 i = x_left_overwriting (head);
5017 if (i >= 0)
5018 {
5019 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, i, start, h, t,
5020 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, dummy_x, last_x,
5021 overlaps_p);
5022 for (s = h; s; s = s->next)
5023 s->background_filled_p = 1;
5024 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t, head->x, 1);
5025 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
5026 }
5027
5028 /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
5029 string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of
5030 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
5031 over it. */
5032 i = x_right_overwritten (tail);
5033 if (i >= 0)
5034 {
5035 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, end, i, h, t,
5036 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x,
5037 overlaps_p);
5038 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0);
5039 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
5040 }
5041
5042 /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
5043 string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such
5044 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
5045 of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could
5046 paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */
5047 i = x_right_overwriting (tail);
5048 if (i >= 0)
5049 {
5050 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (hdc, w, row, area, end, i, h, t,
5051 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, x, last_x,
5052 overlaps_p);
5053 for (s = h; s; s = s->next)
5054 s->background_filled_p = 1;
5055 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h, tail->x + tail->width, 0);
5056 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head, &tail, h, t);
5057 }
5058 }
5059
5060 /* Draw all strings. */
5061 for (s = head; s; s = s->next)
5062 x_draw_glyph_string (s);
5063
5064 if (area == TEXT_AREA
5065 && !row->full_width_p
5066 /* When drawing overlapping rows, only the glyph strings'
5067 foreground is drawn, which doesn't erase a cursor
5068 completely. */
5069 && !overlaps_p)
5070 {
5071 int x0 = head ? head->x : x;
5072 int x1 = tail ? tail->x + tail->background_width : x;
5073
5074 x0 = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x0);
5075 x1 = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x1);
5076
5077 if (!row->full_width_p && XFASTINT (w->left_margin_width) != 0)
5078 {
5079 int left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5080 x0 -= left_area_width;
5081 x1 -= left_area_width;
5082 }
5083
5084 notice_overwritten_cursor (w, area, x0, x1,
5085 row->y, MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row));
5086 }
5087
5088 /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
5089 This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */
5090 x_reached = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, x_reached);
5091 if (!row->full_width_p)
5092 {
5093 if (area > LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5094 x_reached -= window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5095 if (area > TEXT_AREA)
5096 x_reached -= window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA);
5097 }
5098
5099 release_frame_dc (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w)), hdc);
5100
5101 return x_reached;
5102 }
5103
5104
5105 /* Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */
5106
5107 static void
5108 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, area)
5109 struct window *w;
5110 struct glyph_row *row;
5111 enum glyph_row_area area;
5112 {
5113 int i, x;
5114
5115 BLOCK_INPUT;
5116
5117 if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5118 x = 0;
5119 else if (area == TEXT_AREA)
5120 x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5121 else
5122 x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5123 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
5124
5125 for (i = 0; i < row->used[area];)
5126 {
5127 if (row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p)
5128 {
5129 int start = i, start_x = x;
5130
5131 do
5132 {
5133 x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width;
5134 ++i;
5135 }
5136 while (i < row->used[area]
5137 && row->glyphs[area][i].overlaps_vertically_p);
5138
5139 x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, area, start, i,
5140 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 1);
5141 }
5142 else
5143 {
5144 x += row->glyphs[area][i].pixel_width;
5145 ++i;
5146 }
5147 }
5148
5149 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5150 }
5151
5152
5153 /* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
5154 Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable
5155 updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
5156 the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
5157 row being updated. */
5158
5159 static void
5160 x_write_glyphs (start, len)
5161 struct glyph *start;
5162 int len;
5163 {
5164 int x, hpos;
5165
5166 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5167 BLOCK_INPUT;
5168
5169 /* Write glyphs. */
5170
5171 hpos = start - updated_row->glyphs[updated_area];
5172 x = x_draw_glyphs (updated_window, output_cursor.x,
5173 updated_row, updated_area,
5174 hpos, hpos + len,
5175 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5176
5177 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5178
5179 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5180 output_cursor.hpos += len;
5181 output_cursor.x = x;
5182 }
5183
5184
5185 /* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */
5186
5187 static void
5188 x_insert_glyphs (start, len)
5189 struct glyph *start;
5190 register int len;
5191 {
5192 struct frame *f;
5193 struct window *w;
5194 int line_height, shift_by_width, shifted_region_width;
5195 struct glyph_row *row;
5196 struct glyph *glyph;
5197 int frame_x, frame_y, hpos;
5198 HDC hdc;
5199
5200 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5201 BLOCK_INPUT;
5202 w = updated_window;
5203 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
5204 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
5205
5206 /* Get the height of the line we are in. */
5207 row = updated_row;
5208 line_height = row->height;
5209
5210 /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */
5211 shift_by_width = 0;
5212 for (glyph = start; glyph < start + len; ++glyph)
5213 shift_by_width += glyph->pixel_width;
5214
5215 /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */
5216 shifted_region_width = (window_box_width (w, updated_area)
5217 - output_cursor.x
5218 - shift_by_width);
5219
5220 /* Shift right. */
5221 frame_x = window_box_left (w, updated_area) + output_cursor.x;
5222 frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, output_cursor.y);
5223 BitBlt (hdc, frame_x + shift_by_width, frame_y,
5224 shifted_region_width, line_height,
5225 hdc, frame_x, frame_y, SRCCOPY);
5226
5227 /* Write the glyphs. */
5228 hpos = start - row->glyphs[updated_area];
5229 x_draw_glyphs (w, output_cursor.x, row, updated_area, hpos, hpos + len,
5230 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5231
5232 /* Advance the output cursor. */
5233 output_cursor.hpos += len;
5234 output_cursor.x += shift_by_width;
5235 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
5236
5237 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5238 }
5239
5240
5241 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
5242 for X frames. */
5243
5244 static void
5245 x_delete_glyphs (n)
5246 register int n;
5247 {
5248 struct frame *f;
5249
5250 if (updating_frame)
5251 f = updating_frame;
5252 else
5253 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5254
5255 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
5256 return;
5257
5258 abort ();
5259 }
5260
5261
5262 /* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
5263 (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that
5264 everything from TO_X onward is already erased.
5265
5266 TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
5267 updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */
5268
5269 static void
5270 x_clear_end_of_line (to_x)
5271 int to_x;
5272 {
5273 struct frame *f;
5274 struct window *w = updated_window;
5275 int max_x, min_y, max_y;
5276 int from_x, from_y, to_y;
5277
5278 xassert (updated_window && updated_row);
5279 f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5280
5281 if (updated_row->full_width_p)
5282 {
5283 max_x = XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5284 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
5285 && !w->pseudo_window_p)
5286 max_x += FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5287 }
5288 else
5289 max_x = window_box_width (w, updated_area);
5290 max_y = window_text_bottom_y (w);
5291
5292 /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end
5293 of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */
5294 if (to_x == 0)
5295 return;
5296 else if (to_x < 0)
5297 to_x = max_x;
5298 else
5299 to_x = min (to_x, max_x);
5300
5301 to_y = min (max_y, output_cursor.y + updated_row->height);
5302
5303 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
5304 if (!updated_row->full_width_p)
5305 notice_overwritten_cursor (w, updated_area,
5306 output_cursor.x, -1,
5307 updated_row->y,
5308 MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (updated_row));
5309
5310 from_x = output_cursor.x;
5311
5312 /* Translate to frame coordinates. */
5313 if (updated_row->full_width_p)
5314 {
5315 from_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, from_x);
5316 to_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, to_x);
5317 }
5318 else
5319 {
5320 from_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, from_x);
5321 to_x = WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, updated_area, to_x);
5322 }
5323
5324 min_y = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
5325 from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (min_y, output_cursor.y));
5326 to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, to_y);
5327
5328 /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */
5329 if (to_x > from_x && to_y > from_y)
5330 {
5331 HDC hdc;
5332 BLOCK_INPUT;
5333 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
5334
5335 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, from_x, from_y, to_x - from_x, to_y - from_y);
5336 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
5337 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5338 }
5339 }
5340
5341
5342 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
5343 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
5344
5345 static void
5346 x_clear_frame ()
5347 {
5348 struct frame *f;
5349
5350 if (updating_frame)
5351 f = updating_frame;
5352 else
5353 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5354
5355 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
5356 return;
5357
5358 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
5359 longer visible. */
5360 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f)));
5361 output_cursor.hpos = output_cursor.vpos = 0;
5362 output_cursor.x = -1;
5363
5364 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
5365 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
5366 BLOCK_INPUT;
5367
5368 w32_clear_window (f);
5369
5370 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
5371 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
5372 x_scroll_bar_clear (f);
5373
5374 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5375 }
5376
5377 \f
5378 /* Make audible bell. */
5379
5380 static void
5381 w32_ring_bell (void)
5382 {
5383 struct frame *f;
5384
5385 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5386
5387 BLOCK_INPUT;
5388
5389 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && visible_bell)
5390 {
5391 int i;
5392 HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ());
5393
5394 for (i = 0; i < 5; i++)
5395 {
5396 FlashWindow (hwnd, TRUE);
5397 Sleep (10);
5398 }
5399 FlashWindow (hwnd, FALSE);
5400 }
5401 else
5402 w32_sys_ring_bell ();
5403
5404 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5405 }
5406
5407 \f
5408 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
5409 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
5410 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
5411 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
5412
5413 static void
5414 w32_set_terminal_window (n)
5415 register int n;
5416 {
5417 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
5418 }
5419 \f
5420
5421 \f
5422 /***********************************************************************
5423 Line Dance
5424 ***********************************************************************/
5425
5426 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
5427 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
5428
5429 static void
5430 x_ins_del_lines (vpos, n)
5431 int vpos, n;
5432 {
5433 struct frame *f;
5434
5435 if (updating_frame)
5436 f = updating_frame;
5437 else
5438 f = SELECTED_FRAME ();
5439
5440 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
5441 return;
5442
5443 abort ();
5444 }
5445
5446
5447 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
5448
5449 static void
5450 x_scroll_run (w, run)
5451 struct window *w;
5452 struct run *run;
5453 {
5454 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5455 int x, y, width, height, from_y, to_y, bottom_y;
5456 HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
5457 HRGN expect_dirty;
5458
5459 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
5460 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
5461 fringes of W. */
5462 window_box (w, -1, &x, &y, &width, &height);
5463 width += FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
5464 x -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
5465
5466 from_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->current_y);
5467 to_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, run->desired_y);
5468 bottom_y = y + height;
5469
5470 if (to_y < from_y)
5471 {
5472 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
5473 line at the bottom. */
5474 if (from_y + run->height > bottom_y)
5475 height = bottom_y - from_y;
5476 else
5477 height = run->height;
5478 expect_dirty = CreateRectRgn (x, y + height, x + width, bottom_y);
5479 }
5480 else
5481 {
5482 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
5483 at the bottom. */
5484 if (to_y + run->height > bottom_y)
5485 height = bottom_y - to_y;
5486 else
5487 height = run->height;
5488 expect_dirty = CreateRectRgn (x, y, x + width, to_y);
5489 }
5490
5491 BLOCK_INPUT;
5492
5493 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
5494 updated_window = w;
5495 x_clear_cursor (w);
5496
5497 {
5498 RECT from;
5499 RECT to;
5500 HRGN dirty = CreateRectRgn (0, 0, 0, 0);
5501 HRGN combined = CreateRectRgn (0, 0, 0, 0);
5502
5503 from.left = to.left = x;
5504 from.right = to.right = x + width;
5505 from.top = from_y;
5506 from.bottom = from_y + height;
5507 to.top = y;
5508 to.bottom = bottom_y;
5509
5510 ScrollWindowEx (hwnd, 0, to_y - from_y, &from, &to, dirty,
5511 NULL, SW_INVALIDATE);
5512
5513 /* Combine this with what we expect to be dirty. This covers the
5514 case where not all of the region we expect is actually dirty. */
5515 CombineRgn (combined, dirty, expect_dirty, RGN_OR);
5516
5517 /* If the dirty region is not what we expected, redraw the entire frame. */
5518 if (!EqualRgn (combined, expect_dirty))
5519 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
5520 }
5521
5522 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
5523 }
5524
5525
5526 \f
5527 /***********************************************************************
5528 Exposure Events
5529 ***********************************************************************/
5530
5531 /* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left
5532 corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of
5533 the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw
5534 the entire frame. */
5535
5536 static void
5537 expose_frame (f, x, y, w, h)
5538 struct frame *f;
5539 int x, y, w, h;
5540 {
5541 RECT r;
5542 int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0;
5543
5544 TRACE ((stderr, "expose_frame "));
5545
5546 /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */
5547 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5548 {
5549 TRACE ((stderr, " garbaged\n"));
5550 return;
5551 }
5552
5553 /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
5554 trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose
5555 event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */
5556 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f) == NULL
5557 || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f)->used < BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL)
5558 {
5559 TRACE ((stderr, " no faces\n"));
5560 return;
5561 }
5562
5563 if (w == 0 || h == 0)
5564 {
5565 r.left = r.top = 0;
5566 r.right = CANON_X_UNIT (f) * f->width;
5567 r.bottom = CANON_Y_UNIT (f) * f->height;
5568 }
5569 else
5570 {
5571 r.left = x;
5572 r.top = y;
5573 r.right = x + w;
5574 r.bottom = y + h;
5575 }
5576
5577 TRACE ((stderr, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r.left, r.top, r.right, r.bottom));
5578 mouse_face_overwritten_p = expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), &r);
5579
5580 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window))
5581 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5582 |= expose_window (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window), &r);
5583
5584 /* Some window managers support a focus-follows-mouse style with
5585 delayed raising of frames. Imagine a partially obscured frame,
5586 and moving the mouse into partially obscured mouse-face on that
5587 frame. The visible part of the mouse-face will be highlighted,
5588 then the WM raises the obscured frame. With at least one WM, KDE
5589 2.1, Emacs is not getting any event for the raising of the frame
5590 (even tried with SubstructureRedirectMask), only Expose events.
5591 These expose events will draw text normally, i.e. not
5592 highlighted. Which means we must redo the highlight here.
5593 Subsume it under ``we love X''. --gerd 2001-08-15 */
5594 /* Included in Windows version because Windows most likely does not
5595 do the right thing if any third party tool offers
5596 focus-follows-mouse with delayed raise. --jason 2001-10-12 */
5597 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5598 {
5599 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
5600 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
5601 {
5602 int x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x;
5603 int y = dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y;
5604 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
5605 note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y);
5606 }
5607 }
5608 }
5609
5610
5611 /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
5612 intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. */
5613
5614 static int
5615 expose_window_tree (w, r)
5616 struct window *w;
5617 RECT *r;
5618 {
5619 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5620 int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0;
5621
5622 while (w && !FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f))
5623 {
5624 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
5625 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5626 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), r);
5627 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
5628 mouse_face_overwritten_p
5629 |= expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), r);
5630 else
5631 mouse_face_overwritten_p |= expose_window (w, r);
5632
5633 w = NILP (w->next) ? NULL : XWINDOW (w->next);
5634 }
5635
5636 return mouse_face_overwritten_p;
5637 }
5638
5639
5640 /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
5641 which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5642
5643 static void
5644 expose_area (w, row, r, area)
5645 struct window *w;
5646 struct glyph_row *row;
5647 RECT *r;
5648 enum glyph_row_area area;
5649 {
5650 struct glyph *first = row->glyphs[area];
5651 struct glyph *end = row->glyphs[area] + row->used[area];
5652 struct glyph *last;
5653 int first_x, start_x, x;
5654
5655 if (area == TEXT_AREA && row->fill_line_p)
5656 /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */
5657 x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, area,
5658 0, row->used[area],
5659 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5660 else
5661 {
5662 /* Set START_X to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
5663 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
5664 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
5665 if (area == LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5666 start_x = 0;
5667 else if (area == TEXT_AREA)
5668 start_x = row->x + window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5669 else
5670 start_x = (window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA)
5671 + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA));
5672 x = start_x;
5673
5674 /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */
5675 while (first < end
5676 && x + first->pixel_width < r->left)
5677 {
5678 x += first->pixel_width;
5679 ++first;
5680 }
5681
5682 /* Find the last one. */
5683 last = first;
5684 first_x = x;
5685 while (last < end
5686 && x < r->right)
5687 {
5688 x += last->pixel_width;
5689 ++last;
5690 }
5691
5692 /* Repaint. */
5693 if (last > first)
5694 x_draw_glyphs (w, first_x - start_x, row, area,
5695 first - row->glyphs[area],
5696 last - row->glyphs[area],
5697 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5698 }
5699 }
5700
5701
5702 /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
5703 rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. Value is
5704 non-zero if mouse face was overwritten. */
5705
5706 static int
5707 expose_line (w, row, r)
5708 struct window *w;
5709 struct glyph_row *row;
5710 RECT *r;
5711 {
5712 xassert (row->enabled_p);
5713
5714 if (row->mode_line_p || w->pseudo_window_p)
5715 x_draw_glyphs (w, 0, row, TEXT_AREA, 0, row->used[TEXT_AREA],
5716 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT, 0);
5717 else
5718 {
5719 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA])
5720 expose_area (w, row, r, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5721 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
5722 expose_area (w, row, r, TEXT_AREA);
5723 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA])
5724 expose_area (w, row, r, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA);
5725 x_draw_row_fringe_bitmaps (w, row);
5726 }
5727
5728 return row->mouse_face_p;
5729 }
5730
5731
5732 /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */
5733
5734 static int
5735 x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, r)
5736 struct window *w;
5737 RECT *r;
5738 {
5739 RECT cr, result;
5740 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
5741
5742 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
5743 if (cursor_glyph)
5744 {
5745 cr.left = w->phys_cursor.x;
5746 cr.top = w->phys_cursor.y;
5747 cr.right = cr.left + cursor_glyph->pixel_width;
5748 cr.bottom = cr.top + w->phys_cursor_height;
5749 return IntersectRect (&result, &cr, r);
5750 }
5751 else
5752 return 0;
5753 }
5754
5755
5756 /* Redraw those parts of glyphs rows during expose event handling that
5757 overlap other rows. Redrawing of an exposed line writes over parts
5758 of lines overlapping that exposed line; this function fixes that.
5759
5760 W is the window being exposed. FIRST_OVERLAPPING_ROW is the first
5761 row in W's current matrix that is exposed and overlaps other rows.
5762 LAST_OVERLAPPING_ROW is the last such row. */
5763
5764 static void
5765 expose_overlaps (w, first_overlapping_row, last_overlapping_row)
5766 struct window *w;
5767 struct glyph_row *first_overlapping_row;
5768 struct glyph_row *last_overlapping_row;
5769 {
5770 struct glyph_row *row;
5771
5772 for (row = first_overlapping_row; row <= last_overlapping_row; ++row)
5773 if (row->overlapping_p)
5774 {
5775 xassert (row->enabled_p && !row->mode_line_p);
5776
5777 if (row->used[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA])
5778 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
5779
5780 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
5781 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, TEXT_AREA);
5782
5783 if (row->used[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA])
5784 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA);
5785 }
5786 }
5787
5788
5789 /* Redraw the part of window W intersection rectagle FR. Pixel
5790 coordinates in FR are frame relative. Call this function with
5791 input blocked. Value is non-zero if the exposure overwrites
5792 mouse-face. */
5793
5794 static int
5795 expose_window (w, fr)
5796 struct window *w;
5797 RECT *fr;
5798 {
5799 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
5800 RECT wr, r;
5801 int mouse_face_overwritten_p = 0;
5802
5803 /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can
5804 happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split.
5805 Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly
5806 created window. */
5807 if (w->current_matrix == NULL)
5808 return 0;
5809
5810 /* When we're currently updating the window, display and current
5811 matrix usually don't agree. Arrange for a thorough display
5812 later. */
5813 if (w == updated_window)
5814 {
5815 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
5816 return 0;
5817 }
5818
5819 /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */
5820 wr.left = XFASTINT (w->left) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5821 wr.top = XFASTINT (w->top) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
5822 wr.right = wr.left + XFASTINT (w->width) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
5823 wr.bottom = wr.top + XFASTINT (w->height) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f);
5824
5825 if (IntersectRect(&r, fr, &wr))
5826 {
5827 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
5828 struct glyph_row *row;
5829 int cursor_cleared_p;
5830 struct glyph_row *first_overlapping_row, *last_overlapping_row;
5831
5832 TRACE ((stderr, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
5833 r.left, r.top, r.right, r.bottom));
5834
5835 /* Convert to window coordinates. */
5836 r.left = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r.left);
5837 r.right = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, r.right);
5838 r.top = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r.top);
5839 r.bottom = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, r.bottom);
5840
5841 /* Turn off the cursor. */
5842 if (!w->pseudo_window_p
5843 && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w, &r))
5844 {
5845 x_clear_cursor (w);
5846 cursor_cleared_p = 1;
5847 }
5848 else
5849 cursor_cleared_p = 0;
5850
5851 /* Update lines intersecting rectangle R. */
5852 first_overlapping_row = last_overlapping_row = NULL;
5853 for (row = w->current_matrix->rows;
5854 row->enabled_p;
5855 ++row)
5856 {
5857 int y0 = row->y;
5858 int y1 = MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row);
5859
5860 if ((y0 >= r.top && y0 < r.bottom)
5861 || (y1 > r.top && y1 < r.bottom)
5862 || (r.top >= y0 && r.top < y1)
5863 || (r.bottom > y0 && r.bottom < y1))
5864 {
5865 if (row->overlapping_p)
5866 {
5867 if (first_overlapping_row == NULL)
5868 first_overlapping_row = row;
5869 last_overlapping_row = row;
5870 }
5871
5872 if (expose_line (w, row, &r))
5873 mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1;
5874 }
5875
5876 if (y1 >= yb)
5877 break;
5878 }
5879
5880 /* Display the mode line if there is one. */
5881 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w)
5882 && (row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix),
5883 row->enabled_p)
5884 && row->y < r.bottom)
5885 {
5886 if (expose_line (w, row, &r))
5887 mouse_face_overwritten_p = 1;
5888 }
5889
5890 if (!w->pseudo_window_p)
5891 {
5892 /* Fix the display of overlapping rows. */
5893 if (first_overlapping_row)
5894 expose_overlaps (w, first_overlapping_row, last_overlapping_row);
5895
5896 /* Draw border between windows. */
5897 x_draw_vertical_border (w);
5898
5899 /* Turn the cursor on again. */
5900 if (cursor_cleared_p)
5901 x_update_window_cursor (w, 1);
5902 }
5903 }
5904
5905 return mouse_face_overwritten_p;
5906 }
5907
5908 \f
5909 static void
5910 frame_highlight (f)
5911 struct frame *f;
5912 {
5913 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
5914 }
5915
5916 static void
5917 frame_unhighlight (f)
5918 struct frame *f;
5919 {
5920 x_update_cursor (f, 1);
5921 }
5922
5923 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
5924 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
5925 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
5926 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
5927 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
5928
5929 static void
5930 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, frame)
5931 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5932 struct frame *frame;
5933 {
5934 struct frame *old_focus = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5935
5936 if (frame != dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
5937 {
5938 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
5939 the correct value of w32_focus_frame. */
5940 dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = frame;
5941
5942 if (old_focus && old_focus->auto_lower)
5943 x_lower_frame (old_focus);
5944
5945 if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame && dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame->auto_raise)
5946 pending_autoraise_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5947 else
5948 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
5949 }
5950
5951 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo);
5952 }
5953
5954 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
5955
5956 void
5957 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo)
5958 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5959 {
5960 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame);
5961 }
5962
5963 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
5964 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
5965 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
5966
5967 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
5968 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
5969 the appropriate X display info. */
5970
5971 static void
5972 w32_frame_rehighlight (frame)
5973 struct frame *frame;
5974 {
5975 if (! FRAME_W32_P (frame))
5976 return;
5977 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (frame));
5978 }
5979
5980 static void
5981 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo)
5982 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
5983 {
5984 struct frame *old_highlight = dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame;
5985
5986 if (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
5987 {
5988 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame
5989 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)))
5990 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame))
5991 : dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame);
5992 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame))
5993 {
5994 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame) = Qnil;
5995 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame;
5996 }
5997 }
5998 else
5999 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;
6000
6001 if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame != old_highlight)
6002 {
6003 if (old_highlight)
6004 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight);
6005 if (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)
6006 frame_highlight (dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame);
6007 }
6008 }
6009 \f
6010 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, etc. */
6011
6012 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
6013
6014 char *
6015 x_get_keysym_name (keysym)
6016 int keysym;
6017 {
6018 /* Make static so we can always return it */
6019 static char value[100];
6020
6021 BLOCK_INPUT;
6022 GetKeyNameText (keysym, value, 100);
6023 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
6024
6025 return value;
6026 }
6027
6028
6029 \f
6030 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
6031
6032 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
6033 co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
6034 glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
6035 not force the value into range. */
6036
6037 void
6038 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f, pix_x, pix_y, x, y, bounds, noclip)
6039 FRAME_PTR f;
6040 register int pix_x, pix_y;
6041 register int *x, *y;
6042 RECT *bounds;
6043 int noclip;
6044 {
6045 /* Support tty mode: if Vwindow_system is nil, behave correctly. */
6046 if (NILP (Vwindow_system))
6047 {
6048 *x = pix_x;
6049 *y = pix_y;
6050 return;
6051 }
6052
6053 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
6054 even for negative values. */
6055 if (pix_x < 0)
6056 pix_x -= FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)) - 1;
6057 if (pix_y < 0)
6058 pix_y -= (f)->output_data.w32->line_height - 1;
6059
6060 pix_x = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f, pix_x);
6061 pix_y = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f, pix_y);
6062
6063 if (bounds)
6064 {
6065 bounds->left = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, pix_x);
6066 bounds->top = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, pix_y);
6067 bounds->right = bounds->left + FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f)) - 1;
6068 bounds->bottom = bounds->top + f->output_data.w32->line_height - 1;
6069 }
6070
6071 if (!noclip)
6072 {
6073 if (pix_x < 0)
6074 pix_x = 0;
6075 else if (pix_x > FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f))
6076 pix_x = FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f);
6077
6078 if (pix_y < 0)
6079 pix_y = 0;
6080 else if (pix_y > f->height)
6081 pix_y = f->height;
6082 }
6083
6084 *x = pix_x;
6085 *y = pix_y;
6086 }
6087
6088
6089 /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
6090 frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we
6091 can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
6092 return 0. */
6093
6094 int
6095 glyph_to_pixel_coords (w, hpos, vpos, frame_x, frame_y)
6096 struct window *w;
6097 int hpos, vpos;
6098 int *frame_x, *frame_y;
6099 {
6100 int success_p;
6101
6102 xassert (hpos >= 0 && hpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_w);
6103 xassert (vpos >= 0 && vpos < w->current_matrix->matrix_h);
6104
6105 if (display_completed)
6106 {
6107 struct glyph_row *row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
6108 struct glyph *glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
6109 struct glyph *end = glyph + min (hpos, row->used[TEXT_AREA]);
6110
6111 *frame_y = row->y;
6112 *frame_x = row->x;
6113 while (glyph < end)
6114 {
6115 *frame_x += glyph->pixel_width;
6116 ++glyph;
6117 }
6118
6119 success_p = 1;
6120 }
6121 else
6122 {
6123 *frame_y = *frame_x = 0;
6124 success_p = 0;
6125 }
6126
6127 *frame_y = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, *frame_y);
6128 *frame_x = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, *frame_x);
6129 return success_p;
6130 }
6131
6132 /* Parse a button MESSAGE. The button index is returned in PBUTTON, and
6133 the state in PUP. XBUTTON provides extra information for extended mouse
6134 button messages. Returns FALSE if unable to parse the message. */
6135 BOOL
6136 parse_button (message, xbutton, pbutton, pup)
6137 int message;
6138 int xbutton;
6139 int * pbutton;
6140 int * pup;
6141 {
6142 int button = 0;
6143 int up = 0;
6144
6145 switch (message)
6146 {
6147 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
6148 button = 0;
6149 up = 0;
6150 break;
6151 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
6152 button = 0;
6153 up = 1;
6154 break;
6155 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
6156 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
6157 button = 1;
6158 else
6159 button = 2;
6160 up = 0;
6161 break;
6162 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
6163 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
6164 button = 1;
6165 else
6166 button = 2;
6167 up = 1;
6168 break;
6169 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
6170 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
6171 button = 2;
6172 else
6173 button = 1;
6174 up = 0;
6175 break;
6176 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
6177 if (NILP (Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons))
6178 button = 2;
6179 else
6180 button = 1;
6181 up = 1;
6182 break;
6183 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
6184 button = xbutton + 2;
6185 up = 0;
6186 break;
6187 case WM_XBUTTONUP:
6188 button = xbutton + 2;
6189 up = 1;
6190 break;
6191 default:
6192 return (FALSE);
6193 }
6194
6195 if (pup) *pup = up;
6196 if (pbutton) *pbutton = button;
6197
6198 return (TRUE);
6199 }
6200
6201
6202 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
6203
6204 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
6205 the mouse. */
6206
6207 static Lisp_Object
6208 construct_mouse_click (result, msg, f)
6209 struct input_event *result;
6210 W32Msg *msg;
6211 struct frame *f;
6212 {
6213 int button;
6214 int up;
6215
6216 parse_button (msg->msg.message, HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam),
6217 &button, &up);
6218
6219 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
6220 otherwise. */
6221 result->kind = MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT;
6222 result->code = button;
6223 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
6224 result->modifiers = (msg->dwModifiers
6225 | (up
6226 ? up_modifier
6227 : down_modifier));
6228
6229 XSETINT (result->x, LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
6230 XSETINT (result->y, HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam));
6231 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
6232 result->arg = Qnil;
6233 return Qnil;
6234 }
6235
6236 static Lisp_Object
6237 construct_mouse_wheel (result, msg, f)
6238 struct input_event *result;
6239 W32Msg *msg;
6240 struct frame *f;
6241 {
6242 POINT p;
6243 result->kind = MOUSE_WHEEL_EVENT;
6244 result->code = (short) HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
6245 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
6246 result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
6247 p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6248 p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6249 ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p);
6250 XSETINT (result->x, p.x);
6251 XSETINT (result->y, p.y);
6252 XSETFRAME (result->frame_or_window, f);
6253 result->arg = Qnil;
6254 return Qnil;
6255 }
6256
6257 static Lisp_Object
6258 construct_drag_n_drop (result, msg, f)
6259 struct input_event *result;
6260 W32Msg *msg;
6261 struct frame *f;
6262 {
6263 Lisp_Object files;
6264 Lisp_Object frame;
6265 HDROP hdrop;
6266 POINT p;
6267 WORD num_files;
6268 char *name;
6269 int i, len;
6270
6271 result->kind = DRAG_N_DROP_EVENT;
6272 result->code = 0;
6273 result->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
6274 result->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
6275
6276 hdrop = (HDROP) msg->msg.wParam;
6277 DragQueryPoint (hdrop, &p);
6278
6279 #if 0
6280 p.x = LOWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6281 p.y = HIWORD (msg->msg.lParam);
6282 ScreenToClient (msg->msg.hwnd, &p);
6283 #endif
6284
6285 XSETINT (result->x, p.x);
6286 XSETINT (result->y, p.y);
6287
6288 num_files = DragQueryFile (hdrop, 0xFFFFFFFF, NULL, 0);
6289 files = Qnil;
6290
6291 for (i = 0; i < num_files; i++)
6292 {
6293 len = DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, NULL, 0);
6294 if (len <= 0)
6295 continue;
6296 name = alloca (len + 1);
6297 DragQueryFile (hdrop, i, name, len + 1);
6298 files = Fcons (DECODE_FILE (build_string (name)), files);
6299 }
6300
6301 DragFinish (hdrop);
6302
6303 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
6304 result->frame_or_window = Fcons (frame, files);
6305 result->arg = Qnil;
6306 return Qnil;
6307 }
6308
6309 \f
6310 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
6311 The input handler calls this.
6312
6313 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
6314 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
6315 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
6316 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
6317
6318 static MSG last_mouse_motion_event;
6319 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame;
6320
6321 static void remember_mouse_glyph P_ ((struct frame *, int, int));
6322
6323 static void
6324 note_mouse_movement (frame, msg)
6325 FRAME_PTR frame;
6326 MSG *msg;
6327 {
6328 int mouse_x = LOWORD (msg->lParam);
6329 int mouse_y = HIWORD (msg->lParam);
6330
6331 last_mouse_movement_time = msg->time;
6332 memcpy (&last_mouse_motion_event, msg, sizeof (last_mouse_motion_event));
6333 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame, frame);
6334
6335 #if 0 /* Calling Lisp asynchronously is not safe. */
6336 if (mouse_autoselect_window)
6337 {
6338 int area;
6339 Lisp_Object window;
6340 static Lisp_Object last_window;
6341
6342 window = window_from_coordinates (frame, mouse_x, mouse_y, &area, 0);
6343
6344 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6345 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6346 will be selected iff it is active. */
6347 if (!EQ (window, last_window)
6348 && !EQ (window, selected_window)
6349 && (!MINI_WINDOW_P (XWINDOW (window))
6350 || (EQ (window, minibuf_window) && minibuf_level > 0)))
6351 Fselect_window (window);
6352
6353 last_window=window;
6354 }
6355 #endif
6356
6357 if (msg->hwnd != FRAME_W32_WINDOW (frame))
6358 {
6359 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
6360 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
6361 note_mouse_highlight (frame, -1, -1);
6362 }
6363
6364 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
6365 else if (mouse_x < last_mouse_glyph.left
6366 || mouse_x > last_mouse_glyph.right
6367 || mouse_y < last_mouse_glyph.top
6368 || mouse_y > last_mouse_glyph.bottom)
6369 {
6370 frame->mouse_moved = 1;
6371 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
6372 note_mouse_highlight (frame, mouse_x, mouse_y);
6373 /* Remember the mouse position here, as w32_mouse_position only
6374 gets called when mouse tracking is enabled but we also need
6375 to keep track of the mouse for help_echo and highlighting at
6376 other times. */
6377 remember_mouse_glyph (frame, mouse_x, mouse_y);
6378 }
6379 }
6380
6381 \f
6382 /************************************************************************
6383 Mouse Face
6384 ************************************************************************/
6385
6386 /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
6387 Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
6388 strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
6389 the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
6390 Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
6391 text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
6392 date. */
6393
6394 static struct glyph *
6395 x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, area, buffer_only_p)
6396 struct window *w;
6397 int x, y;
6398 int *hpos, *vpos, *area;
6399 int buffer_only_p;
6400 {
6401 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
6402 struct glyph_row *row = NULL;
6403 int x0, i, left_area_width;
6404
6405 /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */
6406 for (i = 0; i < w->current_matrix->nrows; ++i)
6407 {
6408 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, i);
6409 if (!row->enabled_p)
6410 return NULL;
6411 if (y >= row->y && y < MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row))
6412 break;
6413 }
6414
6415 *vpos = i;
6416 *hpos = 0;
6417
6418 /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */
6419 if (i == w->current_matrix->nrows)
6420 return NULL;
6421
6422 /* Get the glyph area containing X. */
6423 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6424 {
6425 *area = TEXT_AREA;
6426 x0 = 0;
6427 }
6428 else
6429 {
6430 left_area_width = window_box_width (w, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA);
6431 if (x < left_area_width)
6432 {
6433 *area = LEFT_MARGIN_AREA;
6434 x0 = 0;
6435 }
6436 else if (x < left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA))
6437 {
6438 *area = TEXT_AREA;
6439 x0 = row->x + left_area_width;
6440 }
6441 else
6442 {
6443 *area = RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA;
6444 x0 = left_area_width + window_box_width (w, TEXT_AREA);
6445 }
6446 }
6447
6448 /* Find glyph containing X. */
6449 glyph = row->glyphs[*area];
6450 end = glyph + row->used[*area];
6451 while (glyph < end)
6452 {
6453 if (x < x0 + glyph->pixel_width)
6454 {
6455 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6456 break;
6457 else if (!buffer_only_p || BUFFERP (glyph->object))
6458 break;
6459 }
6460
6461 x0 += glyph->pixel_width;
6462 ++glyph;
6463 }
6464
6465 if (glyph == end)
6466 return NULL;
6467
6468 *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[*area];
6469 return glyph;
6470 }
6471
6472
6473 /* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
6474 Takes pseudo-windows into account. */
6475
6476 static void
6477 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, x, y)
6478 struct window *w;
6479 int *x, *y;
6480 {
6481 if (w->pseudo_window_p)
6482 {
6483 /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
6484 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */
6485 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6486 *x -= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f);
6487 *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y);
6488 }
6489 else
6490 {
6491 *x = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w, *x);
6492 *y = FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w, *y);
6493 }
6494 }
6495
6496
6497 /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or header line of
6498 window W, x-position X. MODE_LINE_P non-zero means mouse is on the
6499 mode line. X is relative to the start of the text display area of
6500 W, so the width of fringes and scroll bars must be subtracted
6501 to get a position relative to the start of the mode line. */
6502
6503 static void
6504 note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, mode_line_p)
6505 struct window *w;
6506 int x, mode_line_p;
6507 {
6508 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
6509 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6510 Cursor cursor = dpyinfo->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor;
6511 struct glyph_row *row;
6512
6513 if (mode_line_p)
6514 row = MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix);
6515 else
6516 row = MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w->current_matrix);
6517
6518 if (row->enabled_p)
6519 {
6520 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
6521 Lisp_Object help, map;
6522 int x0;
6523
6524 /* Find the glyph under X. */
6525 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
6526 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
6527 x0 = - (FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f)
6528 + FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f));
6529
6530 while (glyph < end
6531 && x >= x0 + glyph->pixel_width)
6532 {
6533 x0 += glyph->pixel_width;
6534 ++glyph;
6535 }
6536
6537 if (glyph < end
6538 && STRINGP (glyph->object)
6539 && STRING_INTERVALS (glyph->object)
6540 && glyph->charpos >= 0
6541 && glyph->charpos < SCHARS (glyph->object))
6542 {
6543 /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property,
6544 arrange for the help to be displayed. This is done by
6545 setting the global variable help_echo to the help string. */
6546 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6547 Qhelp_echo, glyph->object);
6548 if (!NILP (help))
6549 {
6550 help_echo = help;
6551 XSETWINDOW (help_echo_window, w);
6552 help_echo_object = glyph->object;
6553 help_echo_pos = glyph->charpos;
6554 }
6555
6556 /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */
6557 map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6558 Qlocal_map, glyph->object);
6559 if (KEYMAPP (map))
6560 cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor;
6561 else
6562 {
6563 map = Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph->charpos),
6564 Qkeymap, glyph->object);
6565 if (KEYMAPP (map))
6566 cursor = f->output_data.w32->nontext_cursor;
6567 }
6568 }
6569 }
6570 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6571 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f), cursor);
6572 #endif
6573 }
6574
6575
6576 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
6577 frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
6578 properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
6579 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
6580
6581 static void
6582 note_mouse_highlight (f, x, y)
6583 struct frame *f;
6584 int x, y;
6585 {
6586 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
6587 int portion;
6588 Lisp_Object window;
6589 struct window *w;
6590 struct buffer *b;
6591
6592 /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */
6593 if (popup_activated ())
6594 return;
6595
6596 if (NILP (Vmouse_highlight)
6597 || !f->glyphs_initialized_p)
6598 return;
6599
6600 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_x = x;
6601 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_y = y;
6602 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = f;
6603
6604 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_defer)
6605 return;
6606
6607 if (gc_in_progress)
6608 {
6609 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 1;
6610 return;
6611 }
6612
6613 /* Which window is that in? */
6614 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &portion, 1);
6615
6616 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
6617 if (! EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
6618 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6619
6620 /* Not on a window -> return. */
6621 if (!WINDOWP (window))
6622 return;
6623
6624 /* Reset help_echo. It will get recomputed below. */
6625 help_echo = Qnil;
6626
6627 /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */
6628 w = XWINDOW (window);
6629 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
6630
6631 /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a
6632 buffer. */
6633 if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window))
6634 {
6635 note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y);
6636 return;
6637 }
6638
6639 /* Mouse is on the mode or header line? */
6640 if (portion == 1 || portion == 3)
6641 {
6642 note_mode_line_highlight (w, x, portion == 1);
6643 return;
6644 }
6645 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6646 if (portion == 2)
6647 cursor = f->output_data.x->horizontal_drag_cursor;
6648 else
6649 cursor = f->output_data.x->text_cursor;
6650 #endif
6651 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
6652 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
6653 b = XBUFFER (w->buffer);
6654 if (/* Within text portion of the window. */
6655 portion == 0
6656 && EQ (w->window_end_valid, w->buffer)
6657 && XFASTINT (w->last_modified) == BUF_MODIFF (b)
6658 && XFASTINT (w->last_overlay_modified) == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (b))
6659 {
6660 int hpos, vpos, pos, i, area;
6661 struct glyph *glyph;
6662 Lisp_Object object;
6663 Lisp_Object mouse_face = Qnil, overlay = Qnil, position;
6664 Lisp_Object *overlay_vec = NULL;
6665 int len, noverlays;
6666 struct buffer *obuf;
6667 int obegv, ozv, same_region;
6668
6669 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
6670 glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, &hpos, &vpos, &area, 0);
6671
6672 /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */
6673 if (glyph == NULL
6674 || area != TEXT_AREA
6675 || !MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos)->displays_text_p)
6676 {
6677 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6678 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
6679 goto set_cursor;
6680 }
6681
6682 pos = glyph->charpos;
6683 object = glyph->object;
6684 if (!STRINGP (object) && !BUFFERP (object))
6685 goto set_cursor;
6686
6687 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
6688 if (BUFFERP (object) && pos > BUF_Z (b))
6689 goto set_cursor;
6690
6691 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
6692 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
6693 obuf = current_buffer;
6694 current_buffer = b;
6695 obegv = BEGV;
6696 ozv = ZV;
6697 BEGV = BEG;
6698 ZV = Z;
6699
6700 /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */
6701 position = make_number (pos);
6702
6703 if (BUFFERP (object))
6704 {
6705 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
6706 Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make
6707 enough space for all, and try again. */
6708 len = 10;
6709 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
6710 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL, 0);
6711 if (noverlays > len)
6712 {
6713 len = noverlays;
6714 overlay_vec = (Lisp_Object *) alloca (len * sizeof (Lisp_Object));
6715 noverlays = overlays_at (pos, 0, &overlay_vec, &len, NULL, NULL,0);
6716 }
6717
6718 /* Sort overlays into increasing priority order. */
6719 noverlays = sort_overlays (overlay_vec, noverlays, w);
6720 }
6721 else
6722 noverlays = 0;
6723
6724 same_region = (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
6725 && vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6726 && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6727 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
6728 || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
6729 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
6730 || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
6731 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end));
6732
6733 /* TODO: if (same_region)
6734 mouse cursor */
6735
6736 /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */
6737 if (! same_region
6738 /* If there exists an overlay with mouse-face overlapping
6739 the one we are currently highlighting, we have to
6740 check if we enter the overlapping overlay, and then
6741 highlight that. */
6742 || (OVERLAYP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay)
6743 && mouse_face_overlay_overlaps (dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay)))
6744 {
6745 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face
6746 property. */
6747 overlay = Qnil;
6748 for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0 && NILP (overlay); --i)
6749 {
6750 mouse_face = Foverlay_get (overlay_vec[i], Qmouse_face);
6751 if (!NILP (mouse_face))
6752 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
6753 }
6754
6755 /* If we're actually highlighting the same overlay as
6756 before, there's no need to do that again. */
6757 if (!NILP (overlay)
6758 && EQ (overlay, dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay))
6759 goto check_help_echo;
6760
6761 dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = overlay;
6762
6763 /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
6764 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
6765 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6766
6767 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
6768 if (NILP (overlay))
6769 mouse_face = Fget_text_property (position, Qmouse_face, object);
6770
6771 /* Handle the overlay case. */
6772 if (!NILP (overlay))
6773 {
6774 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6775 should be active. */
6776 Lisp_Object before, after;
6777 int ignore;
6778
6779 before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
6780 after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
6781 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6782 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6783 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6784 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6785 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6786 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, Qnil);
6787
6788 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6789 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6790 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6791 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6792 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6793 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, Qnil);
6794 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6795
6796 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6797 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6798 &ignore, pos + 1,
6799 !dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden);
6800
6801 /* Display it as active. */
6802 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6803 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6804 }
6805 /* Handle the text property case. */
6806 else if (! NILP (mouse_face) && BUFFERP (object))
6807 {
6808 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6809 should be active. */
6810 Lisp_Object before, after, beginning, end;
6811 int ignore;
6812
6813 beginning = Fmarker_position (w->start);
6814 end = make_number (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (object))
6815 - XFASTINT (w->window_end_pos));
6816 before
6817 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
6818 Qmouse_face,
6819 object, beginning);
6820 after
6821 = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
6822 object, end);
6823
6824 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6825 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6826 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6827 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6828 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6829 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, Qnil);
6830 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6831 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6832 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6833 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6834 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6835 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, Qnil);
6836 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6837
6838 if (BUFFERP (object))
6839 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6840 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6841 &ignore, pos + 1,
6842 !dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden);
6843
6844 /* Display it as active. */
6845 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6846 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6847 }
6848 else if (!NILP (mouse_face) && STRINGP (object))
6849 {
6850 Lisp_Object b, e;
6851 int ignore;
6852
6853 b = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos + 1),
6854 Qmouse_face,
6855 object, Qnil);
6856 e = Fnext_single_property_change (position, Qmouse_face,
6857 object, Qnil);
6858 if (NILP (b))
6859 b = make_number (0);
6860 if (NILP (e))
6861 e = make_number (SCHARS (object) - 1);
6862 fast_find_string_pos (w, XINT (b), object,
6863 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6864 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6865 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6866 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y, 0);
6867 fast_find_string_pos (w, XINT (e), object,
6868 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6869 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6870 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6871 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y, 1);
6872 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0;
6873 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6874 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6875 = face_at_string_position (w, object, pos, 0, 0, 0, &ignore,
6876 glyph->face_id, 1);
6877 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6878 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6879 }
6880 else if (STRINGP (object) && NILP (mouse_face))
6881 {
6882 /* A string which doesn't have mouse-face, but
6883 the text ``under'' it might have. */
6884 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
6885 int start = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r);
6886
6887 pos = string_buffer_position (w, object, start);
6888 if (pos > 0)
6889 mouse_face = get_char_property_and_overlay (make_number (pos),
6890 Qmouse_face,
6891 w->buffer,
6892 &overlay);
6893 if (!NILP (mouse_face) && !NILP (overlay))
6894 {
6895 Lisp_Object before = Foverlay_start (overlay);
6896 Lisp_Object after = Foverlay_end (overlay);
6897 int ignore;
6898
6899 /* Note that we might not be able to find position
6900 BEFORE in the glyph matrix if the overlay is
6901 entirely covered by a `display' property. In
6902 this case, we overshoot. So let's stop in
6903 the glyph matrix before glyphs for OBJECT. */
6904 fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (before),
6905 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col,
6906 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row,
6907 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x,
6908 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y,
6909 object);
6910
6911 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end
6912 = !fast_find_position (w, XFASTINT (after),
6913 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col,
6914 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row,
6915 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x,
6916 &dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y,
6917 Qnil);
6918 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
6919 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id
6920 = face_at_buffer_position (w, pos, 0, 0,
6921 &ignore, pos + 1,
6922 !dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden);
6923
6924 /* Display it as active. */
6925 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE);
6926 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
6927 }
6928 }
6929 }
6930
6931 check_help_echo:
6932
6933 /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */
6934 {
6935 Lisp_Object help, overlay;
6936
6937 /* Check overlays first. */
6938 help = overlay = Qnil;
6939 for (i = noverlays - 1; i >= 0 && NILP (help); --i)
6940 {
6941 overlay = overlay_vec[i];
6942 help = Foverlay_get (overlay, Qhelp_echo);
6943 }
6944
6945 if (!NILP (help))
6946 {
6947 help_echo = help;
6948 help_echo_window = window;
6949 help_echo_object = overlay;
6950 help_echo_pos = pos;
6951 }
6952 else
6953 {
6954 Lisp_Object object = glyph->object;
6955 int charpos = glyph->charpos;
6956
6957 /* Try text properties. */
6958 if (STRINGP (object)
6959 && charpos >= 0
6960 && charpos < SCHARS (object))
6961 {
6962 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos),
6963 Qhelp_echo, object);
6964 if (NILP (help))
6965 {
6966 /* If the string itself doesn't specify a help-echo,
6967 see if the buffer text ``under'' it does. */
6968 struct glyph_row *r
6969 = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
6970 int start = MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (r);
6971 int pos = string_buffer_position (w, object, start);
6972 if (pos > 0)
6973 {
6974 help = Fget_char_property (make_number (pos),
6975 Qhelp_echo, w->buffer);
6976 if (!NILP (help))
6977 {
6978 charpos = pos;
6979 object = w->buffer;
6980 }
6981 }
6982 }
6983 }
6984 else if (BUFFERP (object)
6985 && charpos >= BEGV
6986 && charpos < ZV)
6987 help = Fget_text_property (make_number (charpos), Qhelp_echo,
6988 object);
6989
6990 if (!NILP (help))
6991 {
6992 help_echo = help;
6993 help_echo_window = window;
6994 help_echo_object = object;
6995 help_echo_pos = charpos;
6996 }
6997 }
6998 }
6999
7000 BEGV = obegv;
7001 ZV = ozv;
7002 current_buffer = obuf;
7003 }
7004
7005 set_cursor:
7006 /* TODO: mouse cursor changes. */
7007 ;
7008 }
7009
7010 static void
7011 redo_mouse_highlight ()
7012 {
7013 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame)
7014 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame)))
7015 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame),
7016 LOWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam),
7017 HIWORD (last_mouse_motion_event.lParam));
7018 }
7019
7020
7021 \f
7022 /***********************************************************************
7023 Tool-bars
7024 ***********************************************************************/
7025
7026 static int x_tool_bar_item P_ ((struct frame *, int, int,
7027 struct glyph **, int *, int *, int *));
7028
7029 /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
7030 or -1. */
7031
7032 static int last_tool_bar_item;
7033
7034
7035 /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F.
7036 Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in
7037 the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not
7038 on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar
7039 item in F->tool_bar_items. Value is
7040
7041 -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item
7042 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
7043 1 otherwise. */
7044
7045 static int
7046 x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, glyph, hpos, vpos, prop_idx)
7047 struct frame *f;
7048 int x, y;
7049 struct glyph **glyph;
7050 int *hpos, *vpos, *prop_idx;
7051 {
7052 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7053 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7054 int area;
7055
7056 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
7057 *glyph = x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w, x, y, hpos, vpos, &area, 0);
7058 if (*glyph == NULL)
7059 return -1;
7060
7061 /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in
7062 f->tool_bar_items. */
7063 if (!tool_bar_item_info (f, *glyph, prop_idx))
7064 return -1;
7065
7066 /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */
7067 if (EQ (f->tool_bar_window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
7068 && *vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
7069 && *vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
7070 && (*vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
7071 || *hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
7072 && (*vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
7073 || *hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
7074 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end))
7075 return 0;
7076
7077 return 1;
7078 }
7079
7080
7081 /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at
7082 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress
7083 or ButtonRelase. */
7084
7085 static void
7086 w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, button_event)
7087 struct frame *f;
7088 struct input_event *button_event;
7089 {
7090 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7091 struct window *w = XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window);
7092 int hpos, vpos, prop_idx;
7093 struct glyph *glyph;
7094 Lisp_Object enabled_p;
7095 int x = XFASTINT (button_event->x);
7096 int y = XFASTINT (button_event->y);
7097
7098 /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */
7099 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
7100 if (x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx) != 0)
7101 return;
7102
7103 /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */
7104 enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P);
7105 if (NILP (enabled_p))
7106 return;
7107
7108 if (button_event->modifiers & down_modifier)
7109 {
7110 /* Show item in pressed state. */
7111 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN);
7112 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN;
7113 last_tool_bar_item = prop_idx;
7114 }
7115 else
7116 {
7117 Lisp_Object key, frame;
7118 struct input_event event;
7119
7120 /* Show item in released state. */
7121 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED);
7122 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
7123
7124 key = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY);
7125
7126 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
7127 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT;
7128 event.frame_or_window = frame;
7129 event.arg = frame;
7130 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
7131
7132 event.kind = TOOL_BAR_EVENT;
7133 event.frame_or_window = frame;
7134 event.arg = key;
7135 /* The keyboard buffer doesn't like the up modifier being set. */
7136 event.modifiers = button_event->modifiers & ~up_modifier;
7137 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event);
7138 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
7139 }
7140 }
7141
7142
7143 /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to
7144 tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from
7145 note_mouse_highlight. */
7146
7147 static void
7148 note_tool_bar_highlight (f, x, y)
7149 struct frame *f;
7150 int x, y;
7151 {
7152 Lisp_Object window = f->tool_bar_window;
7153 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7154 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7155 int hpos, vpos;
7156 struct glyph *glyph;
7157 struct glyph_row *row;
7158 int i;
7159 Lisp_Object enabled_p;
7160 int prop_idx;
7161 enum draw_glyphs_face draw = DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
7162 int mouse_down_p, rc;
7163
7164 /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y
7165 values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */
7166 if (x <= 0 || y <= 0)
7167 {
7168 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7169 return;
7170 }
7171
7172 rc = x_tool_bar_item (f, x, y, &glyph, &hpos, &vpos, &prop_idx);
7173 if (rc < 0)
7174 {
7175 /* Not on tool-bar item. */
7176 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7177 return;
7178 }
7179 else if (rc == 0)
7180 /* On same tool-bar item as before. */
7181 goto set_help_echo;
7182
7183 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7184
7185 /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */
7186 mouse_down_p = (dpyinfo->grabbed
7187 && f == last_mouse_frame
7188 && FRAME_LIVE_P (f));
7189 if (mouse_down_p
7190 && last_tool_bar_item != prop_idx)
7191 return;
7192
7193 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT;
7194 draw = mouse_down_p ? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN : DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
7195
7196 /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */
7197 enabled_p = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P);
7198 if (!NILP (enabled_p))
7199 {
7200 /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the
7201 image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */
7202 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, vpos);
7203 for (i = x = 0; i < hpos; ++i)
7204 x += row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA][i].pixel_width;
7205
7206 /* Record this as the current active region. */
7207 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = hpos;
7208 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = vpos;
7209 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x = x;
7210 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_y = row->y;
7211 dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end = 0;
7212
7213 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = hpos + 1;
7214 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = vpos;
7215 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_x = x + glyph->pixel_width;
7216 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_y = row->y;
7217 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = window;
7218 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID;
7219
7220 /* Display it as active. */
7221 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw);
7222 dpyinfo->mouse_face_image_state = draw;
7223 }
7224
7225 set_help_echo:
7226
7227 /* Set help_echo to a help string.to display for this tool-bar item.
7228 w32_read_socket does the rest. */
7229 help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil;
7230 help_echo_pos = -1;
7231 help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP);
7232 if (NILP (help_echo))
7233 help_echo = AREF (f->tool_bar_items, prop_idx + TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION);
7234 }
7235
7236
7237 \f
7238 /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position CHARPOS in window
7239 *W. HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's
7240 current glyphs must be up to date. If CHARPOS is above window
7241 start return (0, 0, 0, 0). If CHARPOS is after end of W, return end
7242 of last line in W. In the row containing CHARPOS, stop before glyphs
7243 having STOP as object. */
7244
7245 #if 0 /* This is a version of fast_find_position that's more correct
7246 in the presence of hscrolling, for example. I didn't install
7247 it right away because the problem fixed is minor, it failed
7248 in 20.x as well, and I think it's too risky to install
7249 so near the release of 21.1. 2001-09-25 gerd. */
7250
7251 static int
7252 fast_find_position (w, charpos, hpos, vpos, x, y, stop)
7253 struct window *w;
7254 int charpos;
7255 int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y;
7256 Lisp_Object stop;
7257 {
7258 struct glyph_row *row, *first;
7259 struct glyph *glyph, *end;
7260 int i, past_end = 0;
7261
7262 first = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
7263 row = row_containing_pos (w, charpos, first, NULL, 0);
7264 if (row == NULL)
7265 {
7266 if (charpos < MATRIX_ROW_START_CHARPOS (first))
7267 {
7268 *x = *y = *hpos = *vpos = 0;
7269 return 0;
7270 }
7271 else
7272 {
7273 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, XFASTINT (w->window_end_vpos));
7274 past_end = 1;
7275 }
7276 }
7277
7278 *x = row->x;
7279 *y = row->y;
7280 *vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix);
7281
7282 glyph = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7283 end = glyph + row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7284
7285 /* Skip over glyphs not having an object at the start of the row.
7286 These are special glyphs like truncation marks on terminal
7287 frames. */
7288 if (row->displays_text_p)
7289 while (glyph < end
7290 && INTEGERP (glyph->object)
7291 && !EQ (stop, glyph->object)
7292 && glyph->charpos < 0)
7293 {
7294 *x += glyph->pixel_width;
7295 ++glyph;
7296 }
7297
7298 while (glyph < end
7299 && !INTEGERP (glyph->object)
7300 && !EQ (stop, glyph->object)
7301 && (!BUFFERP (glyph->object)
7302 || glyph->charpos < charpos))
7303 {
7304 *x += glyph->pixel_width;
7305 ++glyph;
7306 }
7307
7308 *hpos = glyph - row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7309 return past_end;
7310 }
7311
7312 #else /* not 0 */
7313
7314 static int
7315 fast_find_position (w, pos, hpos, vpos, x, y, stop)
7316 struct window *w;
7317 int pos;
7318 int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y;
7319 Lisp_Object stop;
7320 {
7321 int i;
7322 int lastcol;
7323 int maybe_next_line_p = 0;
7324 int line_start_position;
7325 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
7326 struct glyph_row *row, *best_row;
7327 int row_vpos, best_row_vpos;
7328 int current_x;
7329
7330 row = best_row = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
7331 row_vpos = best_row_vpos = MATRIX_ROW_VPOS (row, w->current_matrix);
7332
7333 while (row->y < yb)
7334 {
7335 if (row->used[TEXT_AREA])
7336 line_start_position = row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA]->charpos;
7337 else
7338 line_start_position = 0;
7339
7340 if (line_start_position > pos)
7341 break;
7342 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
7343 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
7344 else if (line_start_position == pos
7345 && pos == BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w->buffer)))
7346 {
7347 maybe_next_line_p = 1;
7348 break;
7349 }
7350 else if (line_start_position > 0)
7351 {
7352 best_row = row;
7353 best_row_vpos = row_vpos;
7354 }
7355
7356 if (row->y + row->height >= yb)
7357 break;
7358
7359 ++row;
7360 ++row_vpos;
7361 }
7362
7363 /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */
7364 lastcol = 0;
7365 current_x = best_row->x;
7366 for (i = 0; i < best_row->used[TEXT_AREA]; i++)
7367 {
7368 struct glyph *glyph = best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + i;
7369 int charpos = glyph->charpos;
7370
7371 if (BUFFERP (glyph->object))
7372 {
7373 if (charpos == pos)
7374 {
7375 *hpos = i;
7376 *vpos = best_row_vpos;
7377 *x = current_x;
7378 *y = best_row->y;
7379 return 1;
7380 }
7381 else if (charpos > pos)
7382 break;
7383 }
7384 else if (EQ (glyph->object, stop))
7385 break;
7386
7387 if (charpos > 0)
7388 lastcol = i;
7389 current_x += glyph->pixel_width;
7390 }
7391
7392 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
7393 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
7394 use the start of the following line. */
7395 if (maybe_next_line_p)
7396 {
7397 ++best_row;
7398 ++best_row_vpos;
7399 lastcol = 0;
7400 current_x = best_row->x;
7401 }
7402
7403 *vpos = best_row_vpos;
7404 *hpos = lastcol + 1;
7405 *x = current_x;
7406 *y = best_row->y;
7407 return 0;
7408 }
7409
7410 #endif /* not 0 */
7411
7412
7413 /* Find the position of the glyph for position POS in OBJECT in
7414 window W's current matrix, and return in *X/*Y the pixel
7415 coordinates, and return in *HPOS/*VPOS the column/row of the glyph.
7416
7417 RIGHT_P non-zero means return the position of the right edge of the
7418 glyph, RIGHT_P zero means return the left edge position.
7419
7420 If no glyph for POS exists in the matrix, return the position of
7421 the glyph with the next smaller position that is in the matrix, if
7422 RIGHT_P is zero. If RIGHT_P is non-zero, and no glyph for POS
7423 exists in the matrix, return the position of the glyph with the
7424 next larger position in OBJECT.
7425
7426 Value is non-zero if a glyph was found. */
7427
7428 static int
7429 fast_find_string_pos (w, pos, object, hpos, vpos, x, y, right_p)
7430 struct window *w;
7431 int pos;
7432 Lisp_Object object;
7433 int *hpos, *vpos, *x, *y;
7434 int right_p;
7435 {
7436 int yb = window_text_bottom_y (w);
7437 struct glyph_row *r;
7438 struct glyph *best_glyph = NULL;
7439 struct glyph_row *best_row = NULL;
7440 int best_x = 0;
7441
7442 for (r = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
7443 r->enabled_p && r->y < yb;
7444 ++r)
7445 {
7446 struct glyph *g = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7447 struct glyph *e = g + r->used[TEXT_AREA];
7448 int gx;
7449
7450 for (gx = r->x; g < e; gx += g->pixel_width, ++g)
7451 if (EQ (g->object, object))
7452 {
7453 if (g->charpos == pos)
7454 {
7455 best_glyph = g;
7456 best_x = gx;
7457 best_row = r;
7458 goto found;
7459 }
7460 else if (best_glyph == NULL
7461 || ((abs (g->charpos - pos)
7462 < abs (best_glyph->charpos - pos))
7463 && (right_p
7464 ? g->charpos < pos
7465 : g->charpos > pos)))
7466 {
7467 best_glyph = g;
7468 best_x = gx;
7469 best_row = r;
7470 }
7471 }
7472 }
7473
7474 found:
7475
7476 if (best_glyph)
7477 {
7478 *x = best_x;
7479 *hpos = best_glyph - best_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7480
7481 if (right_p)
7482 {
7483 *x += best_glyph->pixel_width;
7484 ++*hpos;
7485 }
7486
7487 *y = best_row->y;
7488 *vpos = best_row - w->current_matrix->rows;
7489 }
7490
7491 return best_glyph != NULL;
7492 }
7493
7494
7495 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
7496 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
7497
7498 static void
7499 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, draw)
7500 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
7501 enum draw_glyphs_face draw;
7502 {
7503 struct window *w = XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window);
7504 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
7505
7506 if (/* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
7507 to do anything. */
7508 w->current_matrix != NULL
7509 /* Don't update mouse highlight if hidden */
7510 && (draw != DRAW_MOUSE_FACE || !dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden)
7511 /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
7512 anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */
7513 && dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row < w->current_matrix->nrows)
7514 {
7515 int phys_cursor_on_p = w->phys_cursor_on_p;
7516 struct glyph_row *row, *first, *last;
7517
7518 first = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row);
7519 last = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row);
7520
7521 for (row = first; row <= last && row->enabled_p; ++row)
7522 {
7523 int start_hpos, end_hpos, start_x;
7524
7525 /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */
7526 if (row == first)
7527 {
7528 start_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col;
7529 start_x = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_x;
7530 }
7531 else
7532 {
7533 start_hpos = 0;
7534 start_x = 0;
7535 }
7536
7537 if (row == last)
7538 end_hpos = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col;
7539 else
7540 end_hpos = row->used[TEXT_AREA];
7541
7542 if (end_hpos > start_hpos)
7543 {
7544 x_draw_glyphs (w, start_x, row, TEXT_AREA,
7545 start_hpos, end_hpos, draw, 0);
7546
7547 row->mouse_face_p
7548 = draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE || draw == DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED;
7549 }
7550 }
7551
7552 /* When we've written over the cursor, arrange for it to
7553 be displayed again. */
7554 if (phys_cursor_on_p && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
7555 x_display_cursor (w, 1,
7556 w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.vpos,
7557 w->phys_cursor.x, w->phys_cursor.y);
7558 }
7559
7560 #if 0 /* TODO: mouse cursor */
7561 /* Change the mouse cursor. */
7562 if (draw == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT)
7563 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7564 f->output_data.x->text_cursor);
7565 else if (draw == DRAW_MOUSE_FACE)
7566 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7567 f->output_data.x->cross_cursor);
7568 else
7569 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f),
7570 f->output_data.x->nontext_cursor);
7571 #endif
7572 }
7573
7574 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
7575 Redraw it un-highlighted first. */
7576
7577 static int
7578 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo)
7579 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
7580 {
7581 int cleared = 0;
7582
7583 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
7584 {
7585 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT);
7586 cleared = 1;
7587 }
7588
7589 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
7590 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
7591 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
7592 dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = Qnil;
7593 return cleared;
7594 }
7595
7596
7597 /* Clear any mouse-face on window W. This function is part of the
7598 redisplay interface, and is called from try_window_id and similar
7599 functions to ensure the mouse-highlight is off. */
7600
7601 static void
7602 x_clear_mouse_face (w)
7603 struct window *w;
7604 {
7605 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo
7606 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
7607 Lisp_Object window;
7608
7609 BLOCK_INPUT;
7610 XSETWINDOW (window, w);
7611 if (EQ (window, dpyinfo->mouse_face_window))
7612 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
7613 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7614 }
7615
7616
7617 /* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any.
7618 This is used when the size of F is changed. */
7619
7620 void
7621 cancel_mouse_face (f)
7622 FRAME_PTR f;
7623 {
7624 Lisp_Object window;
7625 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
7626
7627 window = dpyinfo->mouse_face_window;
7628 if (! NILP (window) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window)->frame) == f)
7629 {
7630 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
7631 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
7632 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
7633 }
7634 }
7635 \f
7636 static struct scroll_bar *x_window_to_scroll_bar ();
7637 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
7638 static void x_check_fullscreen P_ ((struct frame *));
7639 static void x_check_fullscreen_move P_ ((struct frame *));
7640 static int glyph_rect P_ ((struct frame *f, int, int, RECT *));
7641
7642
7643 /* Try to determine frame pixel position and size of the glyph under
7644 frame pixel coordinates X/Y on frame F . Return the position and
7645 size in *RECT. Value is non-zero if we could compute these
7646 values. */
7647
7648 static int
7649 glyph_rect (f, x, y, rect)
7650 struct frame *f;
7651 int x, y;
7652 RECT *rect;
7653 {
7654 Lisp_Object window;
7655 int part;
7656
7657 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &part, 0);
7658 if (!NILP (window))
7659 {
7660 struct window *w = XWINDOW (window);
7661 struct glyph_row *r = MATRIX_FIRST_TEXT_ROW (w->current_matrix);
7662 struct glyph_row *end = r + w->current_matrix->nrows - 1;
7663
7664 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w, &x, &y);
7665
7666 for (; r < end && r->enabled_p; ++r)
7667 if (r->y <= y && r->y + r->height > y)
7668 {
7669 /* Found the row at y. */
7670 struct glyph *g = r->glyphs[TEXT_AREA];
7671 struct glyph *end = g + r->used[TEXT_AREA];
7672 int gx;
7673
7674 rect->top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, r->y);
7675 rect->bottom = rect->top + r->height;
7676
7677 if (x < r->x)
7678 {
7679 /* x is to the left of the first glyph in the row. */
7680 rect->left = XINT (w->left);
7681 rect->right = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, r->x);
7682 return 1;
7683 }
7684
7685 for (gx = r->x; g < end; gx += g->pixel_width, ++g)
7686 if (gx <= x && gx + g->pixel_width > x)
7687 {
7688 /* x is on a glyph. */
7689 rect->left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, gx);
7690 rect->right = rect->left + g->pixel_width;
7691 return 1;
7692 }
7693
7694 /* x is to the right of the last glyph in the row. */
7695 rect->left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, gx);
7696 rect->right = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width);
7697 return 1;
7698 }
7699 }
7700
7701 /* The y is not on any row. */
7702 return 0;
7703 }
7704
7705 /* Record the position of the mouse in last_mouse_glyph. */
7706 static void
7707 remember_mouse_glyph (f1, gx, gy)
7708 struct frame * f1;
7709 int gx, gy;
7710 {
7711 if (!glyph_rect (f1, gx, gy, &last_mouse_glyph))
7712 {
7713 int width = FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1);
7714 int height = FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1);
7715
7716 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to
7717 round down even for negative values. */
7718 if (gx < 0)
7719 gx -= width - 1;
7720 if (gy < 0)
7721 gy -= height - 1;
7722 #if 0
7723 /* This was the original code from XTmouse_position, but it seems
7724 to give the position of the glyph diagonally next to the one
7725 the mouse is over. */
7726 gx = (gx + width - 1) / width * width;
7727 gy = (gy + height - 1) / height * height;
7728 #else
7729 gx = gx / width * width;
7730 gy = gy / height * height;
7731 #endif
7732
7733 last_mouse_glyph.left = gx;
7734 last_mouse_glyph.top = gy;
7735 last_mouse_glyph.right = gx + width;
7736 last_mouse_glyph.bottom = gy + height;
7737 }
7738 }
7739
7740 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
7741 *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
7742
7743 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window,
7744 and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
7745 is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
7746 position on the scroll bar.
7747
7748 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
7749 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
7750 the mouse is over.
7751
7752 Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
7753 was at this position.
7754
7755 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
7756
7757 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
7758 movement. */
7759
7760 static void
7761 w32_mouse_position (fp, insist, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
7762 FRAME_PTR *fp;
7763 int insist;
7764 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
7765 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
7766 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
7767 unsigned long *time;
7768 {
7769 FRAME_PTR f1;
7770
7771 BLOCK_INPUT;
7772
7773 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar) && insist == 0)
7774 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time);
7775 else
7776 {
7777 POINT pt;
7778
7779 Lisp_Object frame, tail;
7780
7781 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
7782 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
7783 XFRAME (frame)->mouse_moved = 0;
7784
7785 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
7786
7787 GetCursorPos (&pt);
7788
7789 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
7790 containing the pointer. */
7791 {
7792 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp)->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
7793 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
7794 {
7795 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
7796 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
7797 f1 = last_mouse_frame;
7798 }
7799 else
7800 {
7801 /* Is window under mouse one of our frames? */
7802 f1 = x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp),
7803 WindowFromPoint (pt));
7804 }
7805
7806 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
7807 if (! f1)
7808 {
7809 struct scroll_bar *bar
7810 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (WindowFromPoint (pt));
7811
7812 if (bar)
7813 {
7814 f1 = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
7815 }
7816 }
7817
7818 if (f1 == 0 && insist > 0)
7819 f1 = SELECTED_FRAME ();
7820
7821 if (f1)
7822 {
7823 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
7824 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
7825 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
7826 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
7827 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
7828 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
7829 the frame are divided into. */
7830
7831 #if OLD_REDISPLAY_CODE
7832 int ignore1, ignore2;
7833
7834 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
7835
7836 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1, pt.x, pt.y, &ignore1, &ignore2,
7837 &last_mouse_glyph,
7838 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f1)->grabbed
7839 || insist);
7840 #else
7841 ScreenToClient (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f1), &pt);
7842 remember_mouse_glyph (f1, pt.x, pt.y);
7843 #endif
7844
7845 *bar_window = Qnil;
7846 *part = 0;
7847 *fp = f1;
7848 XSETINT (*x, pt.x);
7849 XSETINT (*y, pt.y);
7850 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
7851 }
7852 }
7853 }
7854
7855 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7856 }
7857
7858 \f
7859 /* Scroll bar support. */
7860
7861 /* Given a window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
7862 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
7863 bits. */
7864
7865 static struct scroll_bar *
7866 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id)
7867 Window window_id;
7868 {
7869 Lisp_Object tail;
7870
7871 for (tail = Vframe_list;
7872 XGCTYPE (tail) == Lisp_Cons;
7873 tail = XCDR (tail))
7874 {
7875 Lisp_Object frame, bar, condemned;
7876
7877 frame = XCAR (tail);
7878 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
7879 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame))
7880 abort ();
7881
7882 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
7883 right window ID. */
7884 condemned = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
7885 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame));
7886 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
7887 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
7888 ! GC_NILP (bar) || (bar = condemned,
7889 condemned = Qnil,
7890 ! GC_NILP (bar));
7891 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
7892 if (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar)) == window_id)
7893 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
7894 }
7895
7896 return 0;
7897 }
7898
7899
7900 \f
7901 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
7902 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
7903
7904 static void
7905 w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole)
7906 struct scroll_bar *bar;
7907 int portion, position, whole;
7908 {
7909 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
7910 double range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
7911 int sb_page, sb_pos;
7912 BOOL draggingp = !NILP (bar->dragging) ? TRUE : FALSE;
7913
7914 if (whole)
7915 {
7916 /* Position scroll bar at rock bottom if the bottom of the
7917 buffer is visible. This avoids shinking the thumb away
7918 to nothing if it is held at the bottom of the buffer. */
7919 if (position + portion >= whole)
7920 {
7921 sb_page = range * (whole - position) / whole
7922 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7923 sb_pos = range;
7924 }
7925
7926 sb_page = portion * range / whole + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
7927 sb_pos = position * range / whole;
7928 }
7929 else
7930 {
7931 sb_page = range;
7932 sb_pos = 0;
7933 }
7934
7935 BLOCK_INPUT;
7936
7937 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
7938 {
7939 SCROLLINFO si;
7940
7941 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
7942 /* Only update page size if currently dragging, to reduce
7943 flicker effects. */
7944 if (draggingp)
7945 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE;
7946 else
7947 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
7948 si.nPage = sb_page;
7949 si.nPos = sb_pos;
7950
7951 pfnSetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si, !draggingp);
7952 }
7953 else
7954 SetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL, sb_pos, !draggingp);
7955
7956 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
7957 }
7958
7959 \f
7960 /************************************************************************
7961 Scroll bars, general
7962 ************************************************************************/
7963
7964 HWND
7965 my_create_scrollbar (f, bar)
7966 struct frame * f;
7967 struct scroll_bar * bar;
7968 {
7969 return (HWND) SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
7970 WM_EMACS_CREATESCROLLBAR, (WPARAM) f,
7971 (LPARAM) bar);
7972 }
7973
7974 /*#define ATTACH_THREADS*/
7975
7976 BOOL
7977 my_show_window (FRAME_PTR f, HWND hwnd, int how)
7978 {
7979 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
7980 return SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW,
7981 (WPARAM) hwnd, (LPARAM) how);
7982 #else
7983 return ShowWindow (hwnd, how);
7984 #endif
7985 }
7986
7987 void
7988 my_set_window_pos (HWND hwnd, HWND hwndAfter,
7989 int x, int y, int cx, int cy, UINT flags)
7990 {
7991 #ifndef ATTACH_THREADS
7992 WINDOWPOS pos;
7993 pos.hwndInsertAfter = hwndAfter;
7994 pos.x = x;
7995 pos.y = y;
7996 pos.cx = cx;
7997 pos.cy = cy;
7998 pos.flags = flags;
7999 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS, (WPARAM) &pos, 0);
8000 #else
8001 SetWindowPos (hwnd, hwndAfter, x, y, cx, cy, flags);
8002 #endif
8003 }
8004
8005 void
8006 my_set_focus (f, hwnd)
8007 struct frame * f;
8008 HWND hwnd;
8009 {
8010 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS,
8011 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
8012 }
8013
8014 void
8015 my_set_foreground_window (hwnd)
8016 HWND hwnd;
8017 {
8018 SendMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND, (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
8019 }
8020
8021 void
8022 my_destroy_window (f, hwnd)
8023 struct frame * f;
8024 HWND hwnd;
8025 {
8026 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW,
8027 (WPARAM) hwnd, 0);
8028 }
8029
8030 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
8031 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
8032 WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
8033 scroll bar. */
8034
8035 static struct scroll_bar *
8036 x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, left, width, height)
8037 struct window *w;
8038 int top, left, width, height;
8039 {
8040 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
8041 HWND hwnd;
8042 struct scroll_bar *bar
8043 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE), Qnil));
8044
8045 BLOCK_INPUT;
8046
8047 XSETWINDOW (bar->window, w);
8048 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
8049 XSETINT (bar->left, left);
8050 XSETINT (bar->width, width);
8051 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
8052 XSETINT (bar->start, 0);
8053 XSETINT (bar->end, 0);
8054 bar->dragging = Qnil;
8055
8056 /* Requires geometry to be set before call to create the real window */
8057
8058 hwnd = my_create_scrollbar (f, bar);
8059
8060 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
8061 {
8062 SCROLLINFO si;
8063
8064 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8065 si.fMask = SIF_ALL;
8066 si.nMin = 0;
8067 si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height)
8068 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
8069 si.nPage = si.nMax;
8070 si.nPos = 0;
8071
8072 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
8073 }
8074 else
8075 {
8076 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0,
8077 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height), FALSE);
8078 SetScrollPos (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0, FALSE);
8079 }
8080
8081 SET_SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar, hwnd);
8082
8083 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
8084 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
8085 bar->prev = Qnil;
8086 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
8087 if (! NILP (bar->next))
8088 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
8089
8090 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8091
8092 return bar;
8093 }
8094
8095
8096 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
8097 nil. */
8098
8099 static void
8100 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar)
8101 struct scroll_bar *bar;
8102 {
8103 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
8104
8105 BLOCK_INPUT;
8106
8107 /* Destroy the window. */
8108 my_destroy_window (f, SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar));
8109
8110 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
8111 XWINDOW (bar->window)->vertical_scroll_bar = Qnil;
8112
8113 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8114 }
8115
8116 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
8117 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
8118 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
8119 create one. */
8120 static void
8121 w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar (w, portion, whole, position)
8122 struct window *w;
8123 int portion, whole, position;
8124 {
8125 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
8126 struct scroll_bar *bar;
8127 int top, height, left, sb_left, width, sb_width;
8128 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
8129
8130 /* Get window dimensions. */
8131 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
8132 top = window_y;
8133 width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * CANON_X_UNIT (f);
8134 height = window_height;
8135
8136 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
8137 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
8138 left = XINT (w->left) + XINT (w->width) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f);
8139 else
8140 left = XFASTINT (w->left);
8141 left *= CANON_X_UNIT (f);
8142 left += FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f);
8143
8144 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
8145 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
8146 if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) > 0)
8147 sb_width = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
8148 else
8149 sb_width = width;
8150
8151 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
8152 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f))
8153 sb_left = left + width - sb_width - (width - sb_width) / 2;
8154 else
8155 sb_left = left + (width - sb_width) / 2;
8156
8157 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
8158 if (NILP (w->vertical_scroll_bar))
8159 {
8160 HDC hdc;
8161 BLOCK_INPUT;
8162 if (width > 0 && height > 0)
8163 {
8164 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8165 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, left, top, width, height);
8166 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8167 }
8168 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8169
8170 bar = x_scroll_bar_create (w, top, sb_left, sb_width, height);
8171 }
8172 else
8173 {
8174 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
8175 HWND hwnd;
8176
8177 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (w->vertical_scroll_bar);
8178 hwnd = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
8179
8180 /* If already correctly positioned, do nothing. */
8181 if ( XINT (bar->left) == sb_left
8182 && XINT (bar->top) == top
8183 && XINT (bar->width) == sb_width
8184 && XINT (bar->height) == height )
8185 {
8186 /* Redraw after clear_frame. */
8187 if (!my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL))
8188 InvalidateRect (hwnd, NULL, FALSE);
8189 }
8190 else
8191 {
8192 HDC hdc;
8193 BLOCK_INPUT;
8194 if (width && height)
8195 {
8196 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8197 /* Since Windows scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
8198 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
8199 w32_clear_area (f, hdc,
8200 left,
8201 top,
8202 width,
8203 height);
8204 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8205 }
8206 /* Make sure scroll bar is "visible" before moving, to ensure the
8207 area of the parent window now exposed will be refreshed. */
8208 my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_HIDE);
8209 MoveWindow (hwnd, sb_left + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM,
8210 top, sb_width - VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM * 2,
8211 max (height, 1), TRUE);
8212 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
8213 {
8214 SCROLLINFO si;
8215
8216 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8217 si.fMask = SIF_RANGE;
8218 si.nMin = 0;
8219 si.nMax = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height)
8220 + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
8221
8222 pfnSetScrollInfo (hwnd, SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
8223 }
8224 else
8225 SetScrollRange (hwnd, SB_CTL, 0,
8226 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, height), FALSE);
8227 my_show_window (f, hwnd, SW_NORMAL);
8228 /* InvalidateRect (w, NULL, FALSE); */
8229
8230 /* Remember new settings. */
8231 XSETINT (bar->left, sb_left);
8232 XSETINT (bar->top, top);
8233 XSETINT (bar->width, sb_width);
8234 XSETINT (bar->height, height);
8235
8236 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8237 }
8238 }
8239 w32_set_scroll_bar_thumb (bar, portion, position, whole);
8240
8241 XSETVECTOR (w->vertical_scroll_bar, bar);
8242 }
8243
8244
8245 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
8246 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
8247 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
8248 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
8249 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
8250 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
8251 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
8252
8253 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
8254 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
8255 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
8256
8257 static void
8258 w32_condemn_scroll_bars (frame)
8259 FRAME_PTR frame;
8260 {
8261 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
8262 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
8263 {
8264 Lisp_Object bar;
8265 bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
8266 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next;
8267 XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame);
8268 XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->prev = Qnil;
8269 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame)))
8270 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame))->prev = bar;
8271 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame) = bar;
8272 }
8273 }
8274
8275
8276 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
8277 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
8278
8279 static void
8280 w32_redeem_scroll_bar (window)
8281 struct window *window;
8282 {
8283 struct scroll_bar *bar;
8284 struct frame *f;
8285
8286 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
8287 if (NILP (window->vertical_scroll_bar))
8288 abort ();
8289
8290 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (window->vertical_scroll_bar);
8291
8292 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
8293 f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window));
8294 if (NILP (bar->prev))
8295 {
8296 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
8297 the lists. */
8298 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), window->vertical_scroll_bar))
8299 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
8300 return;
8301 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f),
8302 window->vertical_scroll_bar))
8303 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = bar->next;
8304 else
8305 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
8306 one or the other! */
8307 abort ();
8308 }
8309 else
8310 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->prev)->next = bar->next;
8311
8312 if (! NILP (bar->next))
8313 XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev = bar->prev;
8314
8315 bar->next = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f);
8316 bar->prev = Qnil;
8317 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f), bar);
8318 if (! NILP (bar->next))
8319 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar->next)->prev, bar);
8320 }
8321
8322 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
8323 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
8324
8325 static void
8326 w32_judge_scroll_bars (f)
8327 FRAME_PTR f;
8328 {
8329 Lisp_Object bar, next;
8330
8331 bar = FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f);
8332
8333 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
8334 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
8335 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f) = Qnil;
8336
8337 for (; ! NILP (bar); bar = next)
8338 {
8339 struct scroll_bar *b = XSCROLL_BAR (bar);
8340
8341 x_scroll_bar_remove (b);
8342
8343 next = b->next;
8344 b->next = b->prev = Qnil;
8345 }
8346
8347 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
8348 and they should get garbage-collected. */
8349 }
8350
8351 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
8352 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
8353
8354 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
8355 mark bits. */
8356
8357 static int
8358 w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, msg, emacs_event)
8359 struct scroll_bar *bar;
8360 W32Msg *msg;
8361 struct input_event *emacs_event;
8362 {
8363 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar->window))
8364 abort ();
8365
8366 emacs_event->kind = W32_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT;
8367 emacs_event->code = 0;
8368 /* not really meaningful to distinguish up/down */
8369 emacs_event->modifiers = msg->dwModifiers;
8370 emacs_event->frame_or_window = bar->window;
8371 emacs_event->arg = Qnil;
8372 emacs_event->timestamp = msg->msg.time;
8373
8374 {
8375 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
8376 int y;
8377 int dragging = !NILP (bar->dragging);
8378
8379 if (pfnGetScrollInfo)
8380 {
8381 SCROLLINFO si;
8382
8383 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8384 si.fMask = SIF_POS;
8385
8386 pfnGetScrollInfo ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL, &si);
8387 y = si.nPos;
8388 }
8389 else
8390 y = GetScrollPos ((HWND) msg->msg.lParam, SB_CTL);
8391
8392 bar->dragging = Qnil;
8393
8394
8395 last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos = msg->msg.wParam;
8396
8397 switch (LOWORD (msg->msg.wParam))
8398 {
8399 case SB_LINEDOWN:
8400 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_down_arrow;
8401 break;
8402 case SB_LINEUP:
8403 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_up_arrow;
8404 break;
8405 case SB_PAGEUP:
8406 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_above_handle;
8407 break;
8408 case SB_PAGEDOWN:
8409 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_below_handle;
8410 break;
8411 case SB_TOP:
8412 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
8413 y = 0;
8414 break;
8415 case SB_BOTTOM:
8416 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
8417 y = top_range;
8418 break;
8419 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
8420 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
8421 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
8422 y = HIWORD (msg->msg.wParam);
8423 bar->dragging = Qt;
8424 emacs_event->part = scroll_bar_handle;
8425
8426 /* "Silently" update current position. */
8427 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
8428 {
8429 SCROLLINFO si;
8430
8431 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8432 si.fMask = SIF_POS;
8433 si.nPos = y;
8434 /* Remember apparent position (we actually lag behind the real
8435 position, so don't set that directly. */
8436 last_scroll_bar_drag_pos = y;
8437
8438 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, FALSE);
8439 }
8440 else
8441 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, FALSE);
8442 break;
8443 case SB_ENDSCROLL:
8444 /* If this is the end of a drag sequence, then reset the scroll
8445 handle size to normal and do a final redraw. Otherwise do
8446 nothing. */
8447 if (dragging)
8448 {
8449 if (pfnSetScrollInfo)
8450 {
8451 SCROLLINFO si;
8452 int start = XINT (bar->start);
8453 int end = XINT (bar->end);
8454
8455 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8456 si.fMask = SIF_PAGE | SIF_POS;
8457 si.nPage = end - start + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE;
8458 si.nPos = last_scroll_bar_drag_pos;
8459 pfnSetScrollInfo (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, &si, TRUE);
8460 }
8461 else
8462 SetScrollPos (SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar), SB_CTL, y, TRUE);
8463 }
8464 /* fall through */
8465 default:
8466 emacs_event->kind = NO_EVENT;
8467 return FALSE;
8468 }
8469
8470 XSETINT (emacs_event->x, y);
8471 XSETINT (emacs_event->y, top_range);
8472
8473 return TRUE;
8474 }
8475 }
8476
8477 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
8478 on the scroll bar. */
8479
8480 static void
8481 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp, bar_window, part, x, y, time)
8482 FRAME_PTR *fp;
8483 Lisp_Object *bar_window;
8484 enum scroll_bar_part *part;
8485 Lisp_Object *x, *y;
8486 unsigned long *time;
8487 {
8488 struct scroll_bar *bar = XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar);
8489 Window w = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (bar);
8490 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar->window)));
8491 int pos;
8492 int top_range = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height));
8493
8494 BLOCK_INPUT;
8495
8496 *fp = f;
8497 *bar_window = bar->window;
8498
8499 if (pfnGetScrollInfo)
8500 {
8501 SCROLLINFO si;
8502
8503 si.cbSize = sizeof (si);
8504 si.fMask = SIF_POS | SIF_PAGE | SIF_RANGE;
8505
8506 pfnGetScrollInfo (w, SB_CTL, &si);
8507 pos = si.nPos;
8508 top_range = si.nMax - si.nPage + 1;
8509 }
8510 else
8511 pos = GetScrollPos (w, SB_CTL);
8512
8513 switch (LOWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos))
8514 {
8515 case SB_THUMBPOSITION:
8516 case SB_THUMBTRACK:
8517 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
8518 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f, XINT (bar->height)) <= 0xffff)
8519 pos = HIWORD (last_mouse_scroll_bar_pos);
8520 break;
8521 case SB_LINEDOWN:
8522 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
8523 pos++;
8524 break;
8525 default:
8526 *part = scroll_bar_handle;
8527 break;
8528 }
8529
8530 XSETINT (*x, pos);
8531 XSETINT (*y, top_range);
8532
8533 f->mouse_moved = 0;
8534 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
8535
8536 *time = last_mouse_movement_time;
8537
8538 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
8539 }
8540
8541
8542 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
8543 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
8544 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
8545 redraw them. */
8546
8547 void
8548 x_scroll_bar_clear (f)
8549 FRAME_PTR f;
8550 {
8551 Lisp_Object bar;
8552
8553 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
8554 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
8555 But in that case we should not clear them. */
8556 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f))
8557 for (bar = FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f); VECTORP (bar);
8558 bar = XSCROLL_BAR (bar)->next)
8559 {
8560 HWND window = SCROLL_BAR_W32_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar));
8561 HDC hdc = GetDC (window);
8562 RECT rect;
8563
8564 /* Hide scroll bar until ready to repaint. x_scroll_bar_move
8565 arranges to refresh the scroll bar if hidden. */
8566 my_show_window (f, window, SW_HIDE);
8567
8568 GetClientRect (window, &rect);
8569 select_palette (f, hdc);
8570 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &rect);
8571 deselect_palette (f, hdc);
8572
8573 ReleaseDC (window, hdc);
8574 }
8575 }
8576
8577 \f
8578 /* The main W32 event-reading loop - w32_read_socket. */
8579
8580 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
8581 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
8582
8583 static int temp_index;
8584 static short temp_buffer[100];
8585
8586
8587 /* Read events coming from the W32 shell.
8588 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
8589 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
8590
8591 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
8592 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
8593 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
8594 thus pretending to be `read'.
8595
8596 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available.
8597
8598 Some of these messages are reposted back to the message queue since the
8599 system calls the windows proc directly in a context where we cannot return
8600 the data nor can we guarantee the state we are in. So if we dispatch them
8601 we will get into an infinite loop. To prevent this from ever happening we
8602 will set a variable to indicate we are in the read_socket call and indicate
8603 which message we are processing since the windows proc gets called
8604 recursively with different messages by the system.
8605 */
8606
8607 int
8608 w32_read_socket (sd, bufp, numchars, expected)
8609 register int sd;
8610 /* register */ struct input_event *bufp;
8611 /* register */ int numchars;
8612 int expected;
8613 {
8614 int count = 0;
8615 int check_visibility = 0;
8616 W32Msg msg;
8617 struct frame *f;
8618 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
8619
8620 if (interrupt_input_blocked)
8621 {
8622 interrupt_input_pending = 1;
8623 return -1;
8624 }
8625
8626 interrupt_input_pending = 0;
8627 BLOCK_INPUT;
8628
8629 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
8630 input_signal_count++;
8631
8632 if (numchars <= 0)
8633 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
8634
8635 /* TODO: tool-bars, ghostscript integration, mouse
8636 cursors. */
8637 while (get_next_msg (&msg, FALSE))
8638 {
8639 switch (msg.msg.message)
8640 {
8641 case WM_PAINT:
8642 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8643
8644 if (f)
8645 {
8646 if (msg.rect.right == msg.rect.left ||
8647 msg.rect.bottom == msg.rect.top)
8648 {
8649 /* We may get paint messages even though the client
8650 area is clipped - these are not expose events. */
8651 DebPrint (("clipped frame %p (%s) got WM_PAINT - ignored\n", f,
8652 SDATA (f->name)));
8653 }
8654 else if (f->async_visible != 1)
8655 {
8656 /* Definitely not obscured, so mark as visible. */
8657 f->async_visible = 1;
8658 f->async_iconified = 0;
8659 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
8660 DebPrint (("frame %p (%s) reexposed by WM_PAINT\n", f,
8661 SDATA (f->name)));
8662
8663 /* WM_PAINT serves as MapNotify as well, so report
8664 visibility changes properly. */
8665 if (f->iconified)
8666 {
8667 bufp->kind = DEICONIFY_EVENT;
8668 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8669 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8670 bufp++;
8671 count++;
8672 numchars--;
8673 }
8674 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list)
8675 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
8676 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
8677 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
8678 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
8679 }
8680 else
8681 {
8682 HDC hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
8683
8684 /* Erase background again for safety. */
8685 w32_clear_rect (f, hdc, &msg.rect);
8686 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
8687 expose_frame (f,
8688 msg.rect.left,
8689 msg.rect.top,
8690 msg.rect.right - msg.rect.left,
8691 msg.rect.bottom - msg.rect.top);
8692 }
8693 }
8694 break;
8695
8696 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE:
8697 /* Generate a language change event. */
8698 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8699
8700 if (f)
8701 {
8702 if (numchars == 0)
8703 abort ();
8704
8705 bufp->kind = LANGUAGE_CHANGE_EVENT;
8706 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8707 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8708 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8709 bufp->modifiers = msg.msg.lParam & 0xffff;
8710 bufp++;
8711 count++;
8712 numchars--;
8713 }
8714 break;
8715
8716 case WM_KEYDOWN:
8717 case WM_SYSKEYDOWN:
8718 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8719
8720 if (f && !f->iconified)
8721 {
8722 if (!dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight))
8723 {
8724 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 1;
8725 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8726 }
8727
8728 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
8729 temp_index = 0;
8730 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
8731 bufp->kind = NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT;
8732 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8733 bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers;
8734 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8735 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8736 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
8737 bufp++;
8738 numchars--;
8739 count++;
8740 }
8741 break;
8742
8743 case WM_SYSCHAR:
8744 case WM_CHAR:
8745 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8746
8747 if (f && !f->iconified)
8748 {
8749 if (!dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden && INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight))
8750 {
8751 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 1;
8752 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8753 }
8754
8755 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short))
8756 temp_index = 0;
8757 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = msg.msg.wParam;
8758 bufp->kind = ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT;
8759 bufp->code = msg.msg.wParam;
8760 bufp->modifiers = msg.dwModifiers;
8761 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
8762 bufp->arg = Qnil;
8763 bufp->timestamp = msg.msg.time;
8764 bufp++;
8765 numchars--;
8766 count++;
8767 }
8768 break;
8769
8770 case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
8771 /* Ignore non-movement. */
8772 {
8773 int x = LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
8774 int y = HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
8775 if (x == last_mousemove_x && y == last_mousemove_y)
8776 break;
8777 last_mousemove_x = x;
8778 last_mousemove_y = y;
8779 }
8780
8781 previous_help_echo = help_echo;
8782
8783 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8784 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8785 f = last_mouse_frame;
8786 else
8787 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8788
8789 if (dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden)
8790 {
8791 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0;
8792 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8793 }
8794
8795 if (f)
8796 note_mouse_movement (f, &msg.msg);
8797 else
8798 {
8799 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8800 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8801 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
8802 }
8803
8804 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo
8805 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
8806 if (help_echo != previous_help_echo ||
8807 (!NILP (help_echo) && !STRINGP (help_echo) && f->mouse_moved))
8808 {
8809 Lisp_Object frame;
8810 int n;
8811
8812 if (help_echo == Qnil)
8813 {
8814 help_echo_object = help_echo_window = Qnil;
8815 help_echo_pos = -1;
8816 }
8817
8818 if (f)
8819 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
8820 else
8821 frame = Qnil;
8822
8823 any_help_event_p = 1;
8824 n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars, help_echo, frame,
8825 help_echo_window, help_echo_object,
8826 help_echo_pos);
8827 bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n;
8828 }
8829 break;
8830
8831 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
8832 case WM_LBUTTONUP:
8833 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
8834 case WM_MBUTTONUP:
8835 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
8836 case WM_RBUTTONUP:
8837 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
8838 case WM_XBUTTONUP:
8839 {
8840 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
8841 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
8842 struct input_event emacs_event;
8843 int tool_bar_p = 0;
8844 int button;
8845 int up;
8846
8847 emacs_event.kind = NO_EVENT;
8848
8849 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8850 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8851 f = last_mouse_frame;
8852 else
8853 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8854
8855 if (f)
8856 {
8857 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event, &msg, f);
8858
8859 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
8860 if (WINDOWP (f->tool_bar_window)
8861 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f->tool_bar_window)->height))
8862 {
8863 Lisp_Object window;
8864 int p, x, y;
8865
8866 x = XFASTINT (emacs_event.x);
8867 y = XFASTINT (emacs_event.y);
8868
8869 /* Set x and y. */
8870 window = window_from_coordinates (f, x, y, &p, 1);
8871
8872 if (EQ (window, f->tool_bar_window))
8873 {
8874 w32_handle_tool_bar_click (f, &emacs_event);
8875 tool_bar_p = 1;
8876 }
8877 }
8878
8879 if (!tool_bar_p)
8880 if (!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8881 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8882 && (numchars >= 1))
8883 {
8884 construct_mouse_click (bufp, &msg, f);
8885 bufp++;
8886 count++;
8887 numchars--;
8888 }
8889 }
8890
8891 parse_button (msg.msg.message, HIWORD (msg.msg.wParam),
8892 &button, &up);
8893
8894 if (up)
8895 {
8896 dpyinfo->grabbed &= ~ (1 << button);
8897 }
8898 else
8899 {
8900 dpyinfo->grabbed |= (1 << button);
8901 last_mouse_frame = f;
8902 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
8903 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
8904 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
8905 the ButtonPress. */
8906 if (f != 0)
8907 f->mouse_moved = 0;
8908
8909 if (!tool_bar_p)
8910 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
8911 }
8912 break;
8913 }
8914
8915 case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
8916 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
8917 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
8918 f = last_mouse_frame;
8919 else
8920 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8921
8922 if (f)
8923 {
8924 if ((!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
8925 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
8926 && (numchars >= 1))
8927 {
8928 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp, &msg, f);
8929 bufp++;
8930 count++;
8931 numchars--;
8932 }
8933 }
8934 break;
8935
8936 case WM_DROPFILES:
8937 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8938
8939 if (f)
8940 {
8941 construct_drag_n_drop (bufp, &msg, f);
8942 bufp++;
8943 count++;
8944 numchars--;
8945 }
8946 break;
8947
8948 case WM_VSCROLL:
8949 {
8950 struct scroll_bar *bar =
8951 x_window_to_scroll_bar ((HWND)msg.msg.lParam);
8952
8953 if (bar && numchars >= 1)
8954 {
8955 if (w32_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar, &msg, bufp))
8956 {
8957 bufp++;
8958 count++;
8959 numchars--;
8960 }
8961 }
8962 break;
8963 }
8964
8965 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED:
8966 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8967 if (f)
8968 {
8969 x_check_fullscreen_move(f);
8970 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WAIT)
8971 f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen &=
8972 ~(FULLSCREEN_WAIT|FULLSCREEN_BOTH);
8973 }
8974 check_visibility = 1;
8975 break;
8976
8977 case WM_ACTIVATE:
8978 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP:
8979 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8980 if (f)
8981 x_check_fullscreen (f);
8982 check_visibility = 1;
8983 break;
8984
8985 case WM_MOVE:
8986 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
8987
8988 if (f && !f->async_iconified)
8989 {
8990 int x, y;
8991
8992 x_real_positions (f, &x, &y);
8993 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = x;
8994 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = y;
8995 }
8996
8997 check_visibility = 1;
8998 break;
8999
9000 case WM_SHOWWINDOW:
9001 /* wParam non-zero means Window is about to be shown, 0 means
9002 about to be hidden. */
9003 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
9004 if (!msg.msg.wParam && msg.msg.hwnd == tip_window)
9005 {
9006 tip_window = NULL;
9007 redo_mouse_highlight ();
9008 }
9009
9010 /* If window has been obscured or exposed by another window
9011 being maximised or minimised/restored, then recheck
9012 visibility of all frames. Direct changes to our own
9013 windows get handled by WM_SIZE. */
9014 #if 0
9015 if (msg.msg.lParam != 0)
9016 check_visibility = 1;
9017 else
9018 {
9019 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9020 f->async_visible = msg.msg.wParam;
9021 }
9022 #endif
9023
9024 check_visibility = 1;
9025 break;
9026
9027 case WM_SIZE:
9028 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9029
9030 /* Inform lisp of whether frame has been iconified etc. */
9031 if (f)
9032 {
9033 switch (msg.msg.wParam)
9034 {
9035 case SIZE_MINIMIZED:
9036 f->async_visible = 0;
9037 f->async_iconified = 1;
9038
9039 bufp->kind = ICONIFY_EVENT;
9040 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
9041 bufp->arg = Qnil;
9042 bufp++;
9043 count++;
9044 numchars--;
9045 break;
9046
9047 case SIZE_MAXIMIZED:
9048 case SIZE_RESTORED:
9049 f->async_visible = 1;
9050 f->async_iconified = 0;
9051
9052 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
9053 the frame's display structures. */
9054 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
9055
9056 if (f->iconified)
9057 {
9058 int x, y;
9059
9060 /* Reset top and left positions of the Window
9061 here since Windows sends a WM_MOVE message
9062 BEFORE telling us the Window is minimized
9063 when the Window is iconified, with 3000,3000
9064 as the co-ords. */
9065 x_real_positions (f, &x, &y);
9066 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = x;
9067 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = y;
9068
9069 bufp->kind = DEICONIFY_EVENT;
9070 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
9071 bufp->arg = Qnil;
9072 bufp++;
9073 count++;
9074 numchars--;
9075 }
9076 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list)
9077 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list)))
9078 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
9079 to update the frame titles
9080 in case this is the second frame. */
9081 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
9082 break;
9083 }
9084 }
9085
9086 if (f && !f->async_iconified && msg.msg.wParam != SIZE_MINIMIZED)
9087 {
9088 RECT rect;
9089 int rows;
9090 int columns;
9091 int width;
9092 int height;
9093
9094 GetClientRect (msg.msg.hwnd, &rect);
9095
9096 height = rect.bottom - rect.top;
9097 width = rect.right - rect.left;
9098
9099 rows = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, height);
9100 columns = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, width);
9101
9102 /* TODO: Clip size to the screen dimensions. */
9103
9104 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
9105 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
9106 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
9107
9108 if (columns != f->width
9109 || rows != f->height
9110 || width != f->output_data.w32->pixel_width
9111 || height != f->output_data.w32->pixel_height)
9112 {
9113 change_frame_size (f, rows, columns, 0, 1, 0);
9114 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
9115 cancel_mouse_face (f);
9116 f->output_data.w32->pixel_width = width;
9117 f->output_data.w32->pixel_height = height;
9118 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
9119 }
9120 }
9121
9122 check_visibility = 1;
9123 break;
9124
9125 case WM_MOUSELEAVE:
9126 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9127 if (f)
9128 {
9129 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
9130 {
9131 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
9132 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
9133 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
9134 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
9135 }
9136
9137 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
9138 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
9139 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
9140 the mouse leaves the frame. */
9141 if (any_help_event_p)
9142 {
9143 Lisp_Object frame;
9144 int n;
9145
9146 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
9147 help_echo = Qnil;
9148 n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars,
9149 Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0);
9150 bufp += n, count += n, numchars -= n;
9151 }
9152 }
9153 break;
9154
9155 case WM_SETFOCUS:
9156 f = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9157
9158 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = f;
9159
9160 if (f)
9161 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, f);
9162
9163
9164 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
9165 check_visibility = 1;
9166 break;
9167
9168 case WM_KILLFOCUS:
9169 /* TODO: some of this belongs in MOUSE_LEAVE */
9170 f = x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9171
9172 if (f)
9173 {
9174 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame)
9175 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0;
9176
9177 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
9178 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo, 0);
9179
9180 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
9181 {
9182 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
9183 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
9184 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo);
9185 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
9186 }
9187
9188 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
9189 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
9190 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
9191 the mouse leaves the frame. */
9192 if (any_help_event_p)
9193 {
9194 Lisp_Object frame;
9195 int n;
9196
9197 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
9198 help_echo = Qnil;
9199 n = gen_help_event (bufp, numchars,
9200 Qnil, frame, Qnil, Qnil, 0);
9201 bufp += n, count += n, numchars -=n;
9202 }
9203 }
9204
9205 dpyinfo->grabbed = 0;
9206 check_visibility = 1;
9207 break;
9208
9209 case WM_CLOSE:
9210 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9211
9212 if (f)
9213 {
9214 if (numchars == 0)
9215 abort ();
9216
9217 bufp->kind = DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT;
9218 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
9219 bufp->arg = Qnil;
9220 bufp++;
9221 count++;
9222 numchars--;
9223 }
9224 break;
9225
9226 case WM_INITMENU:
9227 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9228
9229 if (f)
9230 {
9231 if (numchars == 0)
9232 abort ();
9233
9234 bufp->kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT;
9235 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f);
9236 bufp->arg = Qnil;
9237 bufp++;
9238 count++;
9239 numchars--;
9240 }
9241 break;
9242
9243 case WM_COMMAND:
9244 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9245
9246 if (f)
9247 {
9248 extern void menubar_selection_callback
9249 (FRAME_PTR f, void * client_data);
9250 menubar_selection_callback (f, (void *)msg.msg.wParam);
9251 }
9252
9253 check_visibility = 1;
9254 break;
9255
9256 case WM_DISPLAYCHANGE:
9257 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9258
9259 if (f)
9260 {
9261 dpyinfo->width = (short) LOWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
9262 dpyinfo->height = (short) HIWORD (msg.msg.lParam);
9263 dpyinfo->n_cbits = msg.msg.wParam;
9264 DebPrint (("display change: %d %d\n", dpyinfo->width,
9265 dpyinfo->height));
9266 }
9267
9268 check_visibility = 1;
9269 break;
9270
9271 default:
9272 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
9273 if (msg.msg.message == msh_mousewheel)
9274 {
9275 if (dpyinfo->grabbed && last_mouse_frame
9276 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame))
9277 f = last_mouse_frame;
9278 else
9279 f = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, msg.msg.hwnd);
9280
9281 if (f)
9282 {
9283 if ((!dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame
9284 || f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
9285 && (numchars >= 1))
9286 {
9287 construct_mouse_wheel (bufp, &msg, f);
9288 bufp++;
9289 count++;
9290 numchars--;
9291 }
9292 }
9293 }
9294 break;
9295 }
9296 }
9297
9298 /* If the focus was just given to an autoraising frame,
9299 raise it now. */
9300 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
9301 if (pending_autoraise_frame)
9302 {
9303 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame);
9304 pending_autoraise_frame = 0;
9305 }
9306
9307 /* Check which frames are still visisble, if we have enqueued any user
9308 events or been notified of events that may affect visibility. We
9309 do this here because there doesn't seem to be any direct
9310 notification from Windows that the visibility of a window has
9311 changed (at least, not in all cases). */
9312 if (count > 0 || check_visibility)
9313 {
9314 Lisp_Object tail, frame;
9315
9316 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail, frame)
9317 {
9318 FRAME_PTR f = XFRAME (frame);
9319 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid the
9320 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
9321 if (EQ (frame, tip_frame))
9322 continue;
9323
9324 /* Check "visible" frames and mark each as obscured or not.
9325 Note that async_visible is nonzero for unobscured and
9326 obscured frames, but zero for hidden and iconified frames. */
9327 if (FRAME_W32_P (f) && f->async_visible)
9328 {
9329 RECT clipbox;
9330 HDC hdc;
9331
9332 enter_crit ();
9333 /* Query clipping rectangle for the entire window area
9334 (GetWindowDC), not just the client portion (GetDC).
9335 Otherwise, the scrollbars and menubar aren't counted as
9336 part of the visible area of the frame, and we may think
9337 the frame is obscured when really a scrollbar is still
9338 visible and gets WM_PAINT messages above. */
9339 hdc = GetWindowDC (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
9340 GetClipBox (hdc, &clipbox);
9341 ReleaseDC (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), hdc);
9342 leave_crit ();
9343
9344 if (clipbox.right == clipbox.left
9345 || clipbox.bottom == clipbox.top)
9346 {
9347 /* Frame has become completely obscured so mark as
9348 such (we do this by setting async_visible to 2 so
9349 that FRAME_VISIBLE_P is still true, but redisplay
9350 will skip it). */
9351 f->async_visible = 2;
9352
9353 if (!FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
9354 {
9355 DebPrint (("frame %p (%s) obscured\n", f,
9356 SDATA (f->name)));
9357 }
9358 }
9359 else
9360 {
9361 /* Frame is not obscured, so mark it as such. */
9362 f->async_visible = 1;
9363
9364 if (FRAME_OBSCURED_P (f))
9365 {
9366 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
9367 DebPrint (("obscured frame %p (%s) found to be visible\n", f,
9368 SDATA (f->name)));
9369
9370 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later. */
9371 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
9372 }
9373 }
9374 }
9375 }
9376 }
9377
9378 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9379 return count;
9380 }
9381
9382
9383
9384 \f
9385 /***********************************************************************
9386 Text Cursor
9387 ***********************************************************************/
9388
9389 /* Notice if the text cursor of window W has been overwritten by a
9390 drawing operation that outputs glyphs starting at START_X and
9391 ending at END_X in the line given by output_cursor.vpos.
9392 Coordinates are area-relative. END_X < 0 means all the rest
9393 of the line after START_X has been written. */
9394
9395 static void
9396 notice_overwritten_cursor (w, area, x0, x1, y0, y1)
9397 struct window *w;
9398 enum glyph_row_area area;
9399 int x0, x1, y0, y1;
9400 {
9401 if (area == TEXT_AREA
9402 && w->phys_cursor_on_p
9403 && y0 <= w->phys_cursor.y
9404 && y1 >= w->phys_cursor.y + w->phys_cursor_height
9405 && x0 <= w->phys_cursor.x
9406 && (x1 < 0 || x1 > w->phys_cursor.x))
9407 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
9408 }
9409
9410
9411 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
9412 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
9413 WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation
9414 mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle.
9415
9416 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
9417 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
9418 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
9419
9420 static void
9421 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, whole_line_p)
9422 struct window *w;
9423 struct glyph_row *row;
9424 HDC hdc;
9425 int whole_line_p;
9426 {
9427 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
9428 RECT clip_rect;
9429 int window_x, window_y, window_width, window_height;
9430
9431 window_box (w, -1, &window_x, &window_y, &window_width, &window_height);
9432
9433 clip_rect.left = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, 0);
9434 clip_rect.top = WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, row->y);
9435 clip_rect.top = max (clip_rect.top, window_y);
9436 clip_rect.right = clip_rect.left + window_width;
9437 clip_rect.bottom = clip_rect.top + row->visible_height;
9438
9439 /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend
9440 the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */
9441 if (whole_line_p)
9442 {
9443 clip_rect.left -= FRAME_X_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
9444 clip_rect.right += FRAME_X_FRINGE_WIDTH (f);
9445 }
9446
9447 w32_set_clip_rectangle (hdc, &clip_rect);
9448 }
9449
9450
9451 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
9452
9453 static void
9454 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, row)
9455 struct window *w;
9456 struct glyph_row *row;
9457 {
9458 struct frame *f = XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w));
9459 HDC hdc;
9460 RECT rect;
9461 int wd;
9462 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
9463 HBRUSH hb = CreateSolidBrush (f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel);
9464
9465 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
9466 coordinates. */
9467 rect.left = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9468 rect.top = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y)
9469 + row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent);
9470 rect.bottom = rect.top + row->height;
9471
9472 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
9473 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
9474 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
9475 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
9476 return;
9477
9478 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
9479 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
9480 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
9481 width instead. */
9482 wd = cursor_glyph->pixel_width;
9483 if (cursor_glyph->type == STRETCH_GLYPH
9484 && !x_stretch_cursor_p)
9485 wd = min (CANON_X_UNIT (f), wd);
9486
9487 rect.right = rect.left + wd;
9488 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
9489 FrameRect (hdc, &rect, hb);
9490 DeleteObject (hb);
9491
9492 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
9493 }
9494
9495
9496 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
9497
9498 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
9499 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
9500 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
9501 --gerd. */
9502
9503 static void
9504 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, row, width, kind)
9505 struct window *w;
9506 struct glyph_row *row;
9507 int width;
9508 enum text_cursor_kinds kind;
9509 {
9510 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9511 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
9512 int x;
9513 HDC hdc;
9514
9515 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
9516 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
9517 and mini-buffer. */
9518 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
9519 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
9520 return;
9521
9522 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
9523 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
9524 the bar might not be in the window. */
9525 if (cursor_glyph->type == IMAGE_GLYPH)
9526 {
9527 struct glyph_row *row;
9528 row = MATRIX_ROW (w->current_matrix, w->phys_cursor.vpos);
9529 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, DRAW_CURSOR);
9530 }
9531 else
9532 {
9533 COLORREF cursor_color = f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel;
9534 struct face *face = FACE_FROM_ID (f, cursor_glyph->face_id);
9535
9536 if (width < 0)
9537 width = FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f);
9538 width = min (cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width);
9539
9540 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
9541 the bar cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
9542 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
9543 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
9544 that the glyph is legible. */
9545 if (face->background == cursor_color)
9546 cursor_color = face->foreground;
9547
9548 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9549 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
9550 w32_clip_to_row (w, row, hdc, 0);
9551
9552 if (kind == BAR_CURSOR)
9553 {
9554 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, cursor_color, x,
9555 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y),
9556 width, row->height);
9557 }
9558 else
9559 {
9560 w32_fill_area (f, hdc, cursor_color, x,
9561 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y +
9562 row->height - width),
9563 cursor_glyph->pixel_width, width);
9564 }
9565 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
9566 }
9567 }
9568
9569
9570 /* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
9571 cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor
9572 is is about to be rewritten. */
9573
9574 static void
9575 x_clear_cursor (w)
9576 struct window *w;
9577 {
9578 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w->frame)) && w->phys_cursor_on_p)
9579 x_update_window_cursor (w, 0);
9580 }
9581
9582
9583 /* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the
9584 comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */
9585
9586 static void
9587 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, row, hl)
9588 struct window *w;
9589 struct glyph_row *row;
9590 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
9591 {
9592 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
9593 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
9594 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
9595 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos < row->used[TEXT_AREA])
9596 {
9597 int on_p = w->phys_cursor_on_p;
9598 x_draw_glyphs (w, w->phys_cursor.x, row, TEXT_AREA,
9599 w->phys_cursor.hpos, w->phys_cursor.hpos + 1,
9600 hl, 0);
9601 w->phys_cursor_on_p = on_p;
9602
9603 /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other
9604 rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows
9605 are redrawn. */
9606 if (hl == DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT && row->overlapped_p)
9607 {
9608 if (row > w->current_matrix->rows
9609 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row - 1))
9610 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row - 1, TEXT_AREA);
9611
9612 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row) < window_text_bottom_y (w)
9613 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row + 1))
9614 x_fix_overlapping_area (w, row + 1, TEXT_AREA);
9615 }
9616 }
9617 }
9618
9619
9620 /* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */
9621
9622 static void
9623 x_erase_phys_cursor (w)
9624 struct window *w;
9625 {
9626 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9627 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
9628 int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos;
9629 int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos;
9630 int mouse_face_here_p = 0;
9631 struct glyph_matrix *active_glyphs = w->current_matrix;
9632 struct glyph_row *cursor_row;
9633 struct glyph *cursor_glyph;
9634 enum draw_glyphs_face hl;
9635
9636 /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
9637 screen. */
9638 if (w->phys_cursor_type == NO_CURSOR)
9639 goto mark_cursor_off;
9640
9641 /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
9642 Don't bother to erase the cursor. */
9643 if (vpos >= active_glyphs->nrows)
9644 goto mark_cursor_off;
9645
9646 /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
9647 can do. */
9648 cursor_row = MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs, vpos);
9649 if (!cursor_row->enabled_p)
9650 goto mark_cursor_off;
9651
9652 /* If row is completely invisible, don't attempt to delete a cursor which
9653 isn't there. This may happen if cursor is at top of window, and
9654 we switch to a buffer with a header line in that window. */
9655 if (cursor_row->visible_height <= 0)
9656 goto mark_cursor_off;
9657
9658 /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
9659 In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
9660 should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be
9661 able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
9662 cursor glyph at hand. */
9663 if (w->phys_cursor.hpos >= cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA])
9664 goto mark_cursor_off;
9665
9666 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
9667 we clear the cursor. */
9668 if (! NILP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
9669 && w == XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
9670 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9671 || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9672 && hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col))
9673 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9674 || (vpos == dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9675 && hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col))
9676 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
9677 end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but
9678 mouse highlighting does not. */
9679 && cursor_row->used[TEXT_AREA] > hpos)
9680 mouse_face_here_p = 1;
9681
9682 /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */
9683 if (w->phys_cursor_type == HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR)
9684 {
9685 int x;
9686 int header_line_height = WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w);
9687 HDC hdc;
9688
9689 cursor_glyph = get_phys_cursor_glyph (w);
9690 if (cursor_glyph == NULL)
9691 goto mark_cursor_off;
9692
9693 x = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9694
9695 hdc = get_frame_dc (f);
9696 w32_clear_area (f, hdc, x,
9697 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, max (header_line_height,
9698 cursor_row->y)),
9699 cursor_glyph->pixel_width,
9700 cursor_row->visible_height);
9701 release_frame_dc (f, hdc);
9702 }
9703
9704 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
9705 if (mouse_face_here_p)
9706 hl = DRAW_MOUSE_FACE;
9707 else
9708 hl = DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT;
9709 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, cursor_row, hl);
9710
9711 mark_cursor_off:
9712 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
9713 w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9714 }
9715
9716
9717 /* Non-zero if physical cursor of window W is within mouse face. */
9718
9719 static int
9720 cursor_in_mouse_face_p (w)
9721 struct window *w;
9722 {
9723 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo
9724 = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (w->frame));
9725 int in_mouse_face = 0;
9726
9727 if (WINDOWP (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window)
9728 && XWINDOW (dpyinfo->mouse_face_window) == w)
9729 {
9730 int hpos = w->phys_cursor.hpos;
9731 int vpos = w->phys_cursor.vpos;
9732
9733 if (vpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9734 && vpos <= dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9735 && (vpos > dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
9736 || hpos >= dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col)
9737 && (vpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
9738 || hpos < dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col
9739 || dpyinfo->mouse_face_past_end))
9740 in_mouse_face = 1;
9741 }
9742
9743 return in_mouse_face;
9744 }
9745
9746
9747 /* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the
9748 cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero,
9749 where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */
9750
9751 void
9752 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y)
9753 struct window *w;
9754 int on, hpos, vpos, x, y;
9755 {
9756 struct frame *f = XFRAME (w->frame);
9757 int new_cursor_type;
9758 int new_cursor_width;
9759 int active_cursor;
9760 struct glyph_matrix *current_glyphs;
9761 struct glyph_row *glyph_row;
9762 struct glyph *glyph;
9763
9764 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
9765 windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
9766 be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
9767 window. */
9768 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f)
9769 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f)
9770 || vpos >= w->current_matrix->nrows
9771 || hpos >= w->current_matrix->matrix_w)
9772 return;
9773
9774 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
9775 if (!on && !w->phys_cursor_on_p)
9776 return;
9777
9778 current_glyphs = w->current_matrix;
9779 glyph_row = MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs, vpos);
9780 glyph = glyph_row->glyphs[TEXT_AREA] + hpos;
9781
9782 /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to
9783 display the cursor. */
9784 if (!glyph_row->enabled_p)
9785 {
9786 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 0;
9787 return;
9788 }
9789
9790 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked);
9791
9792 /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. */
9793 new_cursor_type = get_window_cursor_type (w, &new_cursor_width, &active_cursor);
9794
9795 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
9796 it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
9797 erase it. */
9798 if (w->phys_cursor_on_p
9799 && (!on
9800 || w->phys_cursor.x != x
9801 || w->phys_cursor.y != y
9802 || new_cursor_type != w->phys_cursor_type
9803 || ((new_cursor_type == BAR_CURSOR || new_cursor_type == HBAR_CURSOR)
9804 && new_cursor_width != w->phys_cursor_width)))
9805 x_erase_phys_cursor (w);
9806
9807 /* Don't check phys_cursor_on_p here because that flag is only set
9808 to zero in some cases where we know that the cursor has been
9809 completely erased, to avoid the extra work of erasing the cursor
9810 twice. In other words, phys_cursor_on_p can be 1 and the cursor
9811 still not be visible, or it has only been partly erased. */
9812 if (on)
9813 {
9814 w->phys_cursor_ascent = glyph_row->ascent;
9815 w->phys_cursor_height = glyph_row->height;
9816
9817 /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
9818 of them may need the information. */
9819 w->phys_cursor.x = x;
9820 w->phys_cursor.y = glyph_row->y;
9821 w->phys_cursor.hpos = hpos;
9822 w->phys_cursor.vpos = vpos;
9823
9824 /* If the user wants to use the system caret, make sure our own
9825 cursor remains invisible. */
9826 if (w32_use_visible_system_caret)
9827 {
9828 if (w->phys_cursor_type != NO_CURSOR)
9829 x_erase_phys_cursor (w);
9830
9831 new_cursor_type = w->phys_cursor_type = NO_CURSOR;
9832 w->phys_cursor_width = -1;
9833 }
9834 else
9835 {
9836 w->phys_cursor_type = new_cursor_type;
9837 w->phys_cursor_width = new_cursor_width;
9838 }
9839
9840 w->phys_cursor_on_p = 1;
9841
9842 /* If this is the active cursor, we need to track it with the
9843 system caret, so third party software like screen magnifiers
9844 and speech synthesizers can follow the cursor. */
9845 if (active_cursor)
9846 {
9847 HWND hwnd = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
9848
9849 w32_system_caret_x
9850 = WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w, w->phys_cursor.x);
9851 w32_system_caret_y
9852 = (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w, w->phys_cursor.y)
9853 + glyph_row->ascent - w->phys_cursor_ascent);
9854
9855 /* If the size of the active cursor changed, destroy the old
9856 system caret. */
9857 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd
9858 && (w32_system_caret_height != w->phys_cursor_height))
9859 PostMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET, 0, 0);
9860
9861 w32_system_caret_height = w->phys_cursor_height;
9862
9863 /* Move the system caret. */
9864 PostMessage (hwnd, WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET, 0, 0);
9865 }
9866
9867 switch (new_cursor_type)
9868 {
9869 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR:
9870 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w, glyph_row);
9871 break;
9872
9873 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR:
9874 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w, glyph_row, DRAW_CURSOR);
9875 break;
9876
9877 case BAR_CURSOR:
9878 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, new_cursor_width, BAR_CURSOR);
9879 break;
9880
9881 case HBAR_CURSOR:
9882 x_draw_bar_cursor (w, glyph_row, new_cursor_width, HBAR_CURSOR);
9883 break;
9884
9885 case NO_CURSOR:
9886 break;
9887
9888 default:
9889 abort ();
9890 }
9891 }
9892 }
9893
9894
9895 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window
9896 relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix
9897 positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow
9898 cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which
9899 correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */
9900
9901 void
9902 x_display_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y)
9903 struct window *w;
9904 int on, hpos, vpos, x, y;
9905 {
9906 BLOCK_INPUT;
9907 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, hpos, vpos, x, y);
9908 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9909 }
9910
9911
9912 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
9913 Don't change the cursor's position. */
9914
9915 void
9916 x_update_cursor (f, on_p)
9917 struct frame *f;
9918 int on_p;
9919 {
9920 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f->root_window), on_p);
9921 }
9922
9923
9924 /* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
9925 in the window tree rooted at W. */
9926
9927 static void
9928 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w, on_p)
9929 struct window *w;
9930 int on_p;
9931 {
9932 while (w)
9933 {
9934 if (!NILP (w->hchild))
9935 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->hchild), on_p);
9936 else if (!NILP (w->vchild))
9937 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w->vchild), on_p);
9938 else
9939 x_update_window_cursor (w, on_p);
9940
9941 w = NILP (w->next) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w->next);
9942 }
9943 }
9944
9945
9946 /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
9947 of ON. */
9948
9949 static void
9950 x_update_window_cursor (w, on)
9951 struct window *w;
9952 int on;
9953 {
9954 /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process
9955 of being deleted. */
9956 if (w->current_matrix)
9957 {
9958 BLOCK_INPUT;
9959 x_display_and_set_cursor (w, on, w->phys_cursor.hpos,
9960 w->phys_cursor.vpos, w->phys_cursor.x,
9961 w->phys_cursor.y);
9962 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
9963 }
9964 }
9965
9966
9967
9968 \f
9969 /* Icons. */
9970
9971 int
9972 x_bitmap_icon (f, icon)
9973 struct frame *f;
9974 Lisp_Object icon;
9975 {
9976 HANDLE hicon;
9977
9978 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) == 0)
9979 return 1;
9980
9981 if (NILP (icon))
9982 hicon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS);
9983 else if (STRINGP (icon))
9984 hicon = LoadImage (NULL, (LPCTSTR) SDATA (icon), IMAGE_ICON, 0, 0,
9985 LR_DEFAULTSIZE | LR_LOADFROMFILE);
9986 else if (SYMBOLP (icon))
9987 {
9988 LPCTSTR name;
9989
9990 if (EQ (icon, intern ("application")))
9991 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_APPLICATION;
9992 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("hand")))
9993 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_HAND;
9994 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("question")))
9995 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_QUESTION;
9996 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("exclamation")))
9997 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_EXCLAMATION;
9998 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("asterisk")))
9999 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_ASTERISK;
10000 else if (EQ (icon, intern ("winlogo")))
10001 name = (LPCTSTR) IDI_WINLOGO;
10002 else
10003 return 1;
10004
10005 hicon = LoadIcon (NULL, name);
10006 }
10007 else
10008 return 1;
10009
10010 if (hicon == NULL)
10011 return 1;
10012
10013 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SETICON, (WPARAM) ICON_BIG,
10014 (LPARAM) hicon);
10015
10016 return 0;
10017 }
10018
10019 \f
10020 /************************************************************************
10021 Handling X errors
10022 ************************************************************************/
10023
10024 /* Display Error Handling functions not used on W32. Listing them here
10025 helps diff stay in step when comparing w32term.c with xterm.c.
10026
10027 x_error_catcher (display, error)
10028 x_catch_errors (dpy)
10029 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val)
10030 x_check_errors (dpy, format)
10031 x_had_errors_p (dpy)
10032 x_clear_errors (dpy)
10033 x_uncatch_errors (dpy, count)
10034 x_trace_wire ()
10035 x_connection_signal (signalnum)
10036 x_connection_closed (dpy, error_message)
10037 x_error_quitter (display, error)
10038 x_error_handler (display, error)
10039 x_io_error_quitter (display)
10040
10041 */
10042
10043 \f
10044 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
10045
10046 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
10047 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
10048 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
10049 The return value shows which font we chose. */
10050
10051 Lisp_Object
10052 x_new_font (f, fontname)
10053 struct frame *f;
10054 register char *fontname;
10055 {
10056 struct font_info *fontp
10057 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f, 0, fontname, -1);
10058
10059 if (!fontp)
10060 return Qnil;
10061
10062 FRAME_FONT (f) = (XFontStruct *) (fontp->font);
10063 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f) = fontp->baseline_offset;
10064 FRAME_FONTSET (f) = -1;
10065
10066 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
10067 if (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width > 0)
10068 {
10069 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f));
10070 f->scroll_bar_cols = (f->scroll_bar_pixel_width + wid-1) / wid;
10071 }
10072 else
10073 {
10074 int wid = FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (f));
10075 f->scroll_bar_cols = (14 + wid - 1) / wid;
10076 }
10077
10078 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
10079 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) != 0)
10080 {
10081 frame_update_line_height (f);
10082 if (NILP (tip_frame) || XFRAME (tip_frame) != f)
10083 x_set_window_size (f, 0, f->width, f->height);
10084 }
10085 else
10086 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
10087 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
10088 f->output_data.w32->line_height = FONT_HEIGHT (FRAME_FONT (f));
10089
10090 return build_string (fontp->full_name);
10091 }
10092 \f
10093 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
10094 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
10095 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
10096 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
10097
10098 Lisp_Object
10099 x_new_fontset (f, fontsetname)
10100 struct frame *f;
10101 char *fontsetname;
10102 {
10103 int fontset = fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname), 0);
10104 Lisp_Object result;
10105
10106 if (fontset < 0)
10107 return Qnil;
10108
10109 if (FRAME_FONTSET (f) == fontset)
10110 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
10111 to do. */
10112 return fontset_name (fontset);
10113
10114 result = x_new_font (f, (SDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset))));
10115
10116 if (!STRINGP (result))
10117 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
10118 return Qnil;
10119
10120 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
10121 FRAME_FONTSET(f) = fontset;
10122
10123 return build_string (fontsetname);
10124 }
10125
10126 /* Compute actual fringe widths */
10127
10128 void
10129 x_compute_fringe_widths (f, redraw)
10130 struct frame *f;
10131 int redraw;
10132 {
10133 int o_left = f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width;
10134 int o_right = f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width;
10135 int o_cols = f->output_data.w32->fringe_cols;
10136
10137 Lisp_Object left_fringe = Fassq (Qleft_fringe, f->param_alist);
10138 Lisp_Object right_fringe = Fassq (Qright_fringe, f->param_alist);
10139 int left_fringe_width, right_fringe_width;
10140
10141 if (!NILP (left_fringe))
10142 left_fringe = Fcdr (left_fringe);
10143 if (!NILP (right_fringe))
10144 right_fringe = Fcdr (right_fringe);
10145
10146 left_fringe_width = ((NILP (left_fringe) || !INTEGERP (left_fringe)) ? 8 :
10147 XINT (left_fringe));
10148 right_fringe_width = ((NILP (right_fringe) || !INTEGERP (right_fringe)) ? 8 :
10149 XINT (right_fringe));
10150
10151 if (left_fringe_width || right_fringe_width)
10152 {
10153 int left_wid = left_fringe_width >= 0 ? left_fringe_width : -left_fringe_width;
10154 int right_wid = right_fringe_width >= 0 ? right_fringe_width : -right_fringe_width;
10155 int conf_wid = left_wid + right_wid;
10156 int font_wid = FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font);
10157 int cols = (left_wid + right_wid + font_wid-1) / font_wid;
10158 int real_wid = cols * font_wid;
10159 if (left_wid && right_wid)
10160 {
10161 if (left_fringe_width < 0)
10162 {
10163 /* Left fringe width is fixed, adjust right fringe if necessary */
10164 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = left_wid;
10165 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = real_wid - left_wid;
10166 }
10167 else if (right_fringe_width < 0)
10168 {
10169 /* Right fringe width is fixed, adjust left fringe if necessary */
10170 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = real_wid - right_wid;
10171 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = right_wid;
10172 }
10173 else
10174 {
10175 /* Adjust both fringes with an equal amount.
10176 Note that we are doing integer arithmetic here, so don't
10177 lose a pixel if the total width is an odd number. */
10178 int fill = real_wid - conf_wid;
10179 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = left_wid + fill/2;
10180 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = right_wid + fill - fill/2;
10181 }
10182 }
10183 else if (left_fringe_width)
10184 {
10185 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = real_wid;
10186 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = 0;
10187 }
10188 else
10189 {
10190 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = 0;
10191 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = real_wid;
10192 }
10193 f->output_data.w32->fringe_cols = cols;
10194 f->output_data.w32->fringes_extra = real_wid;
10195 }
10196 else
10197 {
10198 f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width = 0;
10199 f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width = 0;
10200 f->output_data.w32->fringe_cols = 0;
10201 f->output_data.w32->fringes_extra = 0;
10202 }
10203
10204 if (redraw && FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
10205 if (o_left != f->output_data.w32->left_fringe_width ||
10206 o_right != f->output_data.w32->right_fringe_width ||
10207 o_cols != f->output_data.w32->fringe_cols)
10208 redraw_frame (f);
10209 }
10210 \f
10211 /***********************************************************************
10212 TODO: W32 Input Methods
10213 ***********************************************************************/
10214 /* Listing missing functions from xterm.c helps diff stay in step.
10215
10216 xim_destroy_callback (xim, client_data, call_data)
10217 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo, resource_name)
10218 struct xim_inst_t
10219 xim_instantiate_callback (display, client_data, call_data)
10220 xim_initialize (dpyinfo, resource_name)
10221 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo)
10222
10223 */
10224
10225 \f
10226 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
10227 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
10228
10229 void
10230 x_calc_absolute_position (f)
10231 struct frame *f;
10232 {
10233 POINT pt;
10234 int flags = f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags;
10235
10236 pt.x = pt.y = 0;
10237
10238 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
10239 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
10240 But do this only if we will need the results. */
10241 if (f->output_data.w32->parent_desc != FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->root_window)
10242 {
10243 BLOCK_INPUT;
10244 MapWindowPoints (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10245 f->output_data.w32->parent_desc,
10246 &pt, 1);
10247 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10248 }
10249
10250 {
10251 RECT rt;
10252 rt.left = rt.right = rt.top = rt.bottom = 0;
10253
10254 BLOCK_INPUT;
10255 AdjustWindowRect(&rt, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
10256 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
10257 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10258
10259 pt.x += (rt.right - rt.left);
10260 pt.y += (rt.bottom - rt.top);
10261 }
10262
10263 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
10264 position that fits on the screen. */
10265 if (flags & XNegative)
10266 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width
10267 - 2 * f->output_data.w32->border_width - pt.x
10268 - PIXEL_WIDTH (f)
10269 + f->output_data.w32->left_pos);
10270
10271 if (flags & YNegative)
10272 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height
10273 - 2 * f->output_data.w32->border_width - pt.y
10274 - PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)
10275 + f->output_data.w32->top_pos);
10276 /* The left_pos and top_pos
10277 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
10278 so the flags should correspond. */
10279 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
10280 }
10281
10282 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
10283 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
10284 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
10285 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
10286 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
10287
10288 void
10289 x_set_offset (f, xoff, yoff, change_gravity)
10290 struct frame *f;
10291 register int xoff, yoff;
10292 int change_gravity;
10293 {
10294 int modified_top, modified_left;
10295
10296 if (change_gravity > 0)
10297 {
10298 f->output_data.w32->top_pos = yoff;
10299 f->output_data.w32->left_pos = xoff;
10300 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags &= ~ (XNegative | YNegative);
10301 if (xoff < 0)
10302 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags |= XNegative;
10303 if (yoff < 0)
10304 f->output_data.w32->size_hint_flags |= YNegative;
10305 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
10306 }
10307 x_calc_absolute_position (f);
10308
10309 BLOCK_INPUT;
10310 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
10311
10312 modified_left = f->output_data.w32->left_pos;
10313 modified_top = f->output_data.w32->top_pos;
10314
10315 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10316 NULL,
10317 modified_left, modified_top,
10318 0, 0,
10319 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10320 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10321 }
10322
10323
10324 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
10325 If so needed, resize the frame. */
10326 static void
10327 x_check_fullscreen (f)
10328 struct frame *f;
10329 {
10330 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_BOTH)
10331 {
10332 int width, height, ign;
10333
10334 x_real_positions (f, &f->output_data.w32->left_pos,
10335 &f->output_data.w32->top_pos);
10336
10337 x_fullscreen_adjust (f, &width, &height, &ign, &ign);
10338
10339 /* We do not need to move the window, it shall be taken care of
10340 when setting WM manager hints.
10341 If the frame is visible already, the position is checked by
10342 x_check_fullscreen_move. */
10343 if (f->width != width || f->height != height)
10344 {
10345 change_frame_size (f, height, width, 0, 1, 0);
10346 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
10347 cancel_mouse_face (f);
10348
10349 /* Wait for the change of frame size to occur */
10350 f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen |= FULLSCREEN_WAIT;
10351 }
10352 }
10353 }
10354
10355 /* If frame parameters are set after the frame is mapped, we need to move
10356 the window. This is done in xfns.c.
10357 Some window managers moves the window to the right position, some
10358 moves the outer window manager window to the specified position.
10359 Here we check that we are in the right spot. If not, make a second
10360 move, assuming we are dealing with the second kind of window manager. */
10361 static void
10362 x_check_fullscreen_move (f)
10363 struct frame *f;
10364 {
10365 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT)
10366 {
10367 int expect_top = f->output_data.w32->top_pos;
10368 int expect_left = f->output_data.w32->left_pos;
10369
10370 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT)
10371 expect_top = 0;
10372 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WIDTH)
10373 expect_left = 0;
10374
10375 if (expect_top != f->output_data.w32->top_pos
10376 || expect_left != f->output_data.w32->left_pos)
10377 x_set_offset (f, expect_left, expect_top, 1);
10378
10379 /* Just do this once */
10380 f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen &= ~FULLSCREEN_MOVE_WAIT;
10381 }
10382 }
10383
10384
10385 /* Calculate fullscreen size. Return in *TOP_POS and *LEFT_POS the
10386 wanted positions of the WM window (not emacs window).
10387 Return in *WIDTH and *HEIGHT the wanted width and height of Emacs
10388 window (FRAME_X_WINDOW).
10389 */
10390 void
10391 x_fullscreen_adjust (f, width, height, top_pos, left_pos)
10392 struct frame *f;
10393 int *width;
10394 int *height;
10395 int *top_pos;
10396 int *left_pos;
10397 {
10398 int newwidth = f->width, newheight = f->height;
10399
10400 *top_pos = f->output_data.w32->top_pos;
10401 *left_pos = f->output_data.w32->left_pos;
10402
10403 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT)
10404 {
10405 int ph;
10406
10407 ph = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->height;
10408 newheight = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, ph);
10409 ph = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, newheight)
10410 - f->output_data.w32->y_pixels_diff;
10411 newheight = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f, ph);
10412 *top_pos = 0;
10413 }
10414
10415 if (f->output_data.w32->want_fullscreen & FULLSCREEN_WIDTH)
10416 {
10417 int pw;
10418
10419 pw = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->width;
10420 newwidth = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, pw);
10421 pw = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, newwidth)
10422 - f->output_data.w32->x_pixels_diff;
10423 newwidth = PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f, pw);
10424 *left_pos = 0;
10425 }
10426
10427 *width = newwidth;
10428 *height = newheight;
10429 }
10430
10431
10432 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
10433 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
10434 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
10435 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10436
10437 void
10438 x_set_window_size (f, change_gravity, cols, rows)
10439 struct frame *f;
10440 int change_gravity;
10441 int cols, rows;
10442 {
10443 int pixelwidth, pixelheight;
10444
10445 BLOCK_INPUT;
10446
10447 check_frame_size (f, &rows, &cols);
10448 f->output_data.w32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
10449 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f)
10450 ? 0
10451 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f) * FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font)));
10452
10453 x_compute_fringe_widths (f, 0);
10454
10455 pixelwidth = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f, cols);
10456 pixelheight = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f, rows);
10457
10458 f->output_data.w32->win_gravity = NorthWestGravity;
10459 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, (long) 0, 0);
10460
10461 {
10462 RECT rect;
10463
10464 rect.left = rect.top = 0;
10465 rect.right = pixelwidth;
10466 rect.bottom = pixelheight;
10467
10468 AdjustWindowRect(&rect, f->output_data.w32->dwStyle,
10469 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f));
10470
10471 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10472 NULL,
10473 0, 0,
10474 rect.right - rect.left,
10475 rect.bottom - rect.top,
10476 SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10477 }
10478
10479 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
10480 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
10481 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
10482 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
10483
10484 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
10485 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
10486 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
10487 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
10488 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
10489
10490 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
10491 a BLOCK_INPUT. */
10492 change_frame_size (f, rows, cols, 0, 1, 0);
10493 PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = pixelwidth;
10494 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = pixelheight;
10495
10496 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
10497 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
10498 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
10499 we have to make sure to do it here. */
10500 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f);
10501
10502 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
10503 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f->root_window));
10504
10505 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
10506 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
10507 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
10508 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
10509 cancel_mouse_face (f);
10510
10511 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10512 }
10513 \f
10514 /* Mouse warping. */
10515
10516 void x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame *f, int pix_x, int pix_y);
10517
10518 void
10519 x_set_mouse_position (f, x, y)
10520 struct frame *f;
10521 int x, y;
10522 {
10523 int pix_x, pix_y;
10524
10525 pix_x = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f, x) + FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font) / 2;
10526 pix_y = CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f, y) + f->output_data.w32->line_height / 2;
10527
10528 if (pix_x < 0) pix_x = 0;
10529 if (pix_x > PIXEL_WIDTH (f)) pix_x = PIXEL_WIDTH (f);
10530
10531 if (pix_y < 0) pix_y = 0;
10532 if (pix_y > PIXEL_HEIGHT (f)) pix_y = PIXEL_HEIGHT (f);
10533
10534 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y);
10535 }
10536
10537 void
10538 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f, pix_x, pix_y)
10539 struct frame *f;
10540 int pix_x, pix_y;
10541 {
10542 RECT rect;
10543 POINT pt;
10544
10545 BLOCK_INPUT;
10546
10547 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &rect);
10548 pt.x = rect.left + pix_x;
10549 pt.y = rect.top + pix_y;
10550 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), &pt);
10551
10552 SetCursorPos (pt.x, pt.y);
10553
10554 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10555 }
10556
10557 \f
10558 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
10559
10560 void
10561 x_focus_on_frame (f)
10562 struct frame *f;
10563 {
10564 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
10565
10566 /* Give input focus to frame. */
10567 BLOCK_INPUT;
10568 #if 0
10569 /* Try not to change its Z-order if possible. */
10570 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo, GetForegroundWindow ()))
10571 my_set_focus (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
10572 else
10573 #endif
10574 my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
10575 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10576 }
10577
10578 void
10579 x_unfocus_frame (f)
10580 struct frame *f;
10581 {
10582 }
10583
10584 /* Raise frame F. */
10585 void
10586 x_raise_frame (f)
10587 struct frame *f;
10588 {
10589 BLOCK_INPUT;
10590
10591 /* Strictly speaking, raise-frame should only change the frame's Z
10592 order, leaving input focus unchanged. This is reasonable behaviour
10593 on X where the usual policy is point-to-focus. However, this
10594 behaviour would be very odd on Windows where the usual policy is
10595 click-to-focus.
10596
10597 On X, if the mouse happens to be over the raised frame, it gets
10598 input focus anyway (so the window with focus will never be
10599 completely obscured) - if not, then just moving the mouse over it
10600 is sufficient to give it focus. On Windows, the user must actually
10601 click on the frame (preferrably the title bar so as not to move
10602 point), which is more awkward. Also, no other Windows program
10603 raises a window to the top but leaves another window (possibly now
10604 completely obscured) with input focus.
10605
10606 Because there is a system setting on Windows that allows the user
10607 to choose the point to focus policy, we make the strict semantics
10608 optional, but by default we grab focus when raising. */
10609
10610 if (NILP (Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise))
10611 {
10612 /* The obvious call to my_set_window_pos doesn't work if Emacs is
10613 not already the foreground application: the frame is raised
10614 above all other frames belonging to us, but not above the
10615 current top window. To achieve that, we have to resort to this
10616 more cumbersome method. */
10617
10618 HDWP handle = BeginDeferWindowPos (2);
10619 if (handle)
10620 {
10621 DeferWindowPos (handle,
10622 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10623 HWND_TOP,
10624 0, 0, 0, 0,
10625 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10626
10627 DeferWindowPos (handle,
10628 GetForegroundWindow (),
10629 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10630 0, 0, 0, 0,
10631 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10632
10633 EndDeferWindowPos (handle);
10634 }
10635 }
10636 else
10637 {
10638 my_set_foreground_window (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
10639 }
10640
10641 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10642 }
10643
10644 /* Lower frame F. */
10645 void
10646 x_lower_frame (f)
10647 struct frame *f;
10648 {
10649 BLOCK_INPUT;
10650 my_set_window_pos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f),
10651 HWND_BOTTOM,
10652 0, 0, 0, 0,
10653 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
10654 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10655 }
10656
10657 static void
10658 w32_frame_raise_lower (f, raise_flag)
10659 FRAME_PTR f;
10660 int raise_flag;
10661 {
10662 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f))
10663 return;
10664
10665 if (raise_flag)
10666 x_raise_frame (f);
10667 else
10668 x_lower_frame (f);
10669 }
10670 \f
10671 /* Change of visibility. */
10672
10673 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
10674 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
10675 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
10676 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
10677 but it will become visible later when the window manager
10678 finishes with it. */
10679
10680 void
10681 x_make_frame_visible (f)
10682 struct frame *f;
10683 {
10684 Lisp_Object type;
10685
10686 BLOCK_INPUT;
10687
10688 type = x_icon_type (f);
10689 if (!NILP (type))
10690 x_bitmap_icon (f, type);
10691
10692 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f))
10693 {
10694 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
10695 call x_set_offset a second time
10696 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
10697 before the window gets really visible. */
10698 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f)
10699 && ! f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible)
10700 x_set_offset (f, f->output_data.w32->left_pos, f->output_data.w32->top_pos, 0);
10701
10702 f->output_data.w32->asked_for_visible = 1;
10703
10704 /* my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), f->async_iconified ? SW_RESTORE : SW_SHOW); */
10705 my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_SHOWNORMAL);
10706 }
10707
10708 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
10709 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
10710 so that incoming events are handled. */
10711 {
10712 Lisp_Object frame;
10713 int count;
10714
10715 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
10716 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10717
10718 XSETFRAME (frame, f);
10719
10720 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
10721 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
10722 MapNotify at all.. */
10723 for (count = input_signal_count + 10;
10724 input_signal_count < count && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f);)
10725 {
10726 /* Force processing of queued events. */
10727 /* TODO: x_sync equivalent? */
10728
10729 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been observed
10730 to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an alarm signal
10731 to let the handler know that there's something to be read.
10732 We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems that the handler
10733 isn't always enabled here. This is probably a bug. */
10734 if (input_polling_used ())
10735 {
10736 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while processing
10737 the fake one. Turn it off and let the handler reset it. */
10738 int old_poll_suppress_count = poll_suppress_count;
10739 poll_suppress_count = 1;
10740 poll_for_input_1 ();
10741 poll_suppress_count = old_poll_suppress_count;
10742 }
10743 }
10744 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f);
10745 }
10746 }
10747
10748 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
10749
10750 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
10751
10752 x_make_frame_invisible (f)
10753 struct frame *f;
10754 {
10755 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10756 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f)
10757 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0;
10758
10759 BLOCK_INPUT;
10760
10761 my_show_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), SW_HIDE);
10762
10763 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
10764 just by the event that we get from the server.
10765 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
10766 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
10767 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
10768 f->visible = 0;
10769 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f) = 0;
10770 f->async_visible = 0;
10771 f->async_iconified = 0;
10772
10773 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10774 }
10775
10776 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
10777
10778 void
10779 x_iconify_frame (f)
10780 struct frame *f;
10781 {
10782 Lisp_Object type;
10783
10784 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10785 if (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame == f)
10786 FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f)->x_highlight_frame = 0;
10787
10788 if (f->async_iconified)
10789 return;
10790
10791 BLOCK_INPUT;
10792
10793 type = x_icon_type (f);
10794 if (!NILP (type))
10795 x_bitmap_icon (f, type);
10796
10797 /* Simulate the user minimizing the frame. */
10798 SendMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f), WM_SYSCOMMAND, SC_MINIMIZE, 0);
10799
10800 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10801 }
10802
10803 \f
10804 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
10805
10806 void
10807 x_free_frame_resources (f)
10808 struct frame *f;
10809 {
10810 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
10811
10812 BLOCK_INPUT;
10813
10814 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f))
10815 my_destroy_window (f, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f));
10816
10817 free_frame_menubar (f);
10818
10819 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->foreground_pixel);
10820 unload_color (f, f->output_data.x->background_pixel);
10821 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->cursor_pixel);
10822 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->cursor_foreground_pixel);
10823 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->border_pixel);
10824 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->mouse_pixel);
10825 if (f->output_data.w32->white_relief.allocated_p)
10826 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->white_relief.pixel);
10827 if (f->output_data.w32->black_relief.allocated_p)
10828 unload_color (f, f->output_data.w32->black_relief.pixel);
10829
10830 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f))
10831 free_frame_faces (f);
10832
10833 xfree (f->output_data.w32);
10834 f->output_data.w32 = NULL;
10835
10836 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame)
10837 dpyinfo->w32_focus_frame = 0;
10838 if (f == dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame)
10839 dpyinfo->w32_focus_event_frame = 0;
10840 if (f == dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame)
10841 dpyinfo->x_highlight_frame = 0;
10842
10843 if (f == dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame)
10844 {
10845 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row
10846 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
10847 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row
10848 = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
10849 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
10850 dpyinfo->mouse_face_deferred_gc = 0;
10851 dpyinfo->mouse_face_mouse_frame = 0;
10852 }
10853
10854 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
10855 }
10856
10857
10858 /* Destroy the window of frame F. */
10859
10860 x_destroy_window (f)
10861 struct frame *f;
10862 {
10863 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
10864
10865 x_free_frame_resources (f);
10866
10867 dpyinfo->reference_count--;
10868 }
10869
10870 \f
10871 /* Setting window manager hints. */
10872
10873 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
10874 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
10875 that the window now has.
10876 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
10877 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
10878 void
10879 x_wm_set_size_hint (f, flags, user_position)
10880 struct frame *f;
10881 long flags;
10882 int user_position;
10883 {
10884 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
10885
10886 enter_crit ();
10887
10888 SetWindowLong (window, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX, FONT_WIDTH (f->output_data.w32->font));
10889 SetWindowLong (window, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->line_height);
10890 SetWindowLong (window, WND_BORDER_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->internal_border_width);
10891 SetWindowLong (window, WND_SCROLLBAR_INDEX, f->output_data.w32->vertical_scroll_bar_extra);
10892
10893 leave_crit ();
10894 }
10895
10896 /* Window manager things */
10897 x_wm_set_icon_position (f, icon_x, icon_y)
10898 struct frame *f;
10899 int icon_x, icon_y;
10900 {
10901 #if 0
10902 Window window = FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f);
10903
10904 f->display.x->wm_hints.flags |= IconPositionHint;
10905 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_x = icon_x;
10906 f->display.x->wm_hints.icon_y = icon_y;
10907
10908 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f), window, &f->display.x->wm_hints);
10909 #endif
10910 }
10911
10912 \f
10913 /***********************************************************************
10914 Fonts
10915 ***********************************************************************/
10916
10917 /* The following functions are listed here to help diff stay in step
10918 with xterm.c. See w32fns.c for definitions.
10919
10920 x_get_font_info (f, font_idx)
10921 x_list_fonts (f, pattern, size, maxnames)
10922
10923 */
10924
10925 #if GLYPH_DEBUG
10926
10927 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
10928 font table. */
10929
10930 static void
10931 x_check_font (f, font)
10932 struct frame *f;
10933 XFontStruct *font;
10934 {
10935 int i;
10936 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
10937
10938 xassert (font != NULL);
10939
10940 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; i++)
10941 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name
10942 && font == dpyinfo->font_table[i].font)
10943 break;
10944
10945 xassert (i < dpyinfo->n_fonts);
10946 }
10947
10948 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
10949
10950 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
10951 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
10952 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
10953 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
10954 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
10955
10956 static INLINE void
10957 x_font_min_bounds (font, w, h)
10958 XFontStruct *font;
10959 int *w, *h;
10960 {
10961 /*
10962 * TODO: Windows does not appear to offer min bound, only
10963 * average and maximum width, and maximum height.
10964 */
10965 *h = FONT_HEIGHT (font);
10966 *w = FONT_WIDTH (font);
10967 }
10968
10969
10970 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
10971 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
10972 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
10973 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
10974 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
10975
10976 int
10977 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f)
10978 struct frame *f;
10979 {
10980 int i;
10981 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = FRAME_W32_DISPLAY_INFO (f);
10982 XFontStruct *font;
10983 int old_width = dpyinfo->smallest_char_width;
10984 int old_height = dpyinfo->smallest_font_height;
10985
10986 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 100000;
10987 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 100000;
10988
10989 for (i = 0; i < dpyinfo->n_fonts; ++i)
10990 if (dpyinfo->font_table[i].name)
10991 {
10992 struct font_info *fontp = dpyinfo->font_table + i;
10993 int w, h;
10994
10995 font = (XFontStruct *) fontp->font;
10996 xassert (font != (XFontStruct *) ~0);
10997 x_font_min_bounds (font, &w, &h);
10998
10999 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = min (dpyinfo->smallest_font_height, h);
11000 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = min (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width, w);
11001 }
11002
11003 xassert (dpyinfo->smallest_char_width > 0
11004 && dpyinfo->smallest_font_height > 0);
11005
11006 return (dpyinfo->n_fonts == 1
11007 || dpyinfo->smallest_char_width < old_width
11008 || dpyinfo->smallest_font_height < old_height);
11009 }
11010
11011 /* The following functions are listed here to help diff stay in step
11012 with xterm.c. See w32fns.c for definitions.
11013
11014 x_load_font (f, fontname, size)
11015 x_query_font (f, fontname)
11016 x_find_ccl_program (fontp)
11017
11018 */
11019 \f
11020 /***********************************************************************
11021 Initialization
11022 ***********************************************************************/
11023
11024 static int w32_initialized = 0;
11025
11026 void
11027 w32_initialize_display_info (display_name)
11028 Lisp_Object display_name;
11029 {
11030 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
11031
11032 bzero (dpyinfo, sizeof (*dpyinfo));
11033
11034 /* Put it on w32_display_name_list. */
11035 w32_display_name_list = Fcons (Fcons (display_name, Qnil),
11036 w32_display_name_list);
11037 dpyinfo->name_list_element = XCAR (w32_display_name_list);
11038
11039 dpyinfo->w32_id_name
11040 = (char *) xmalloc (SCHARS (Vinvocation_name)
11041 + SCHARS (Vsystem_name)
11042 + 2);
11043 sprintf (dpyinfo->w32_id_name, "%s@%s",
11044 SDATA (Vinvocation_name), SDATA (Vsystem_name));
11045
11046 /* Default Console mode values - overridden when running in GUI mode
11047 with values obtained from system metrics. */
11048 dpyinfo->resx = 1;
11049 dpyinfo->resy = 1;
11050 dpyinfo->height_in = 1;
11051 dpyinfo->width_in = 1;
11052 dpyinfo->n_planes = 1;
11053 dpyinfo->n_cbits = 4;
11054 dpyinfo->n_fonts = 0;
11055 dpyinfo->smallest_font_height = 1;
11056 dpyinfo->smallest_char_width = 1;
11057
11058 dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_beg_col = -1;
11059 dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_row = dpyinfo->mouse_face_end_col = -1;
11060 dpyinfo->mouse_face_face_id = DEFAULT_FACE_ID;
11061 dpyinfo->mouse_face_window = Qnil;
11062 dpyinfo->mouse_face_overlay = Qnil;
11063 dpyinfo->mouse_face_hidden = 0;
11064 /* TODO: dpyinfo->gray */
11065
11066 }
11067
11068 struct w32_display_info *
11069 w32_term_init (display_name, xrm_option, resource_name)
11070 Lisp_Object display_name;
11071 char *xrm_option;
11072 char *resource_name;
11073 {
11074 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
11075 HDC hdc;
11076
11077 BLOCK_INPUT;
11078
11079 if (!w32_initialized)
11080 {
11081 w32_initialize ();
11082 w32_initialized = 1;
11083 }
11084
11085 {
11086 int argc = 0;
11087 char *argv[3];
11088
11089 argv[0] = "";
11090 argc = 1;
11091 if (xrm_option)
11092 {
11093 argv[argc++] = "-xrm";
11094 argv[argc++] = xrm_option;
11095 }
11096 }
11097
11098 w32_initialize_display_info (display_name);
11099
11100 dpyinfo = &one_w32_display_info;
11101
11102 /* Put this display on the chain. */
11103 dpyinfo->next = x_display_list;
11104 x_display_list = dpyinfo;
11105
11106 hdc = GetDC (GetDesktopWindow ());
11107
11108 dpyinfo->height = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, VERTRES);
11109 dpyinfo->width = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, HORZRES);
11110 dpyinfo->root_window = GetDesktopWindow ();
11111 dpyinfo->n_planes = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, PLANES);
11112 dpyinfo->n_cbits = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, BITSPIXEL);
11113 dpyinfo->resx = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSX);
11114 dpyinfo->resy = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, LOGPIXELSY);
11115 dpyinfo->has_palette = GetDeviceCaps (hdc, RASTERCAPS) & RC_PALETTE;
11116 dpyinfo->image_cache = make_image_cache ();
11117 dpyinfo->height_in = dpyinfo->height / dpyinfo->resx;
11118 dpyinfo->width_in = dpyinfo->width / dpyinfo->resy;
11119 ReleaseDC (GetDesktopWindow (), hdc);
11120
11121 /* initialise palette with white and black */
11122 {
11123 XColor color;
11124 w32_defined_color (0, "white", &color, 1);
11125 w32_defined_color (0, "black", &color, 1);
11126 }
11127
11128 /* Create Row Bitmaps and store them for later use. */
11129 left_bmp = CreateBitmap (left_width, left_height, 1, 1, left_bits);
11130 ov_bmp = CreateBitmap (ov_width, ov_height, 1, 1, ov_bits);
11131 right_bmp = CreateBitmap (right_width, right_height, 1, 1, right_bits);
11132 continued_bmp = CreateBitmap (continued_width, continued_height, 1,
11133 1, continued_bits);
11134 continuation_bmp = CreateBitmap (continuation_width, continuation_height,
11135 1, 1, continuation_bits);
11136 zv_bmp = CreateBitmap (zv_width, zv_height, 1, 1, zv_bits);
11137
11138 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
11139 #ifdef F_SETOWN
11140 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
11141 /* stdin is a socket here */
11142 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, -getpid ());
11143 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
11144 fcntl (connection, F_SETOWN, getpid ());
11145 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
11146 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
11147 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
11148
11149 #ifdef SIGIO
11150 if (interrupt_input)
11151 init_sigio (connection);
11152 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
11153
11154 UNBLOCK_INPUT;
11155
11156 return dpyinfo;
11157 }
11158 \f
11159 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone. */
11160
11161 void
11162 x_delete_display (dpyinfo)
11163 struct w32_display_info *dpyinfo;
11164 {
11165 /* Discard this display from w32_display_name_list and w32_display_list.
11166 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
11167 if (! NILP (w32_display_name_list)
11168 && EQ (XCAR (w32_display_name_list), dpyinfo->name_list_element))
11169 w32_display_name_list = XCDR (w32_display_name_list);
11170 else
11171 {
11172 Lisp_Object tail;
11173
11174 tail = w32_display_name_list;
11175 while (CONSP (tail) && CONSP (XCDR (tail)))
11176 {
11177 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail)), dpyinfo->name_list_element))
11178 {
11179 XSETCDR (tail, XCDR (XCDR (tail)));
11180 break;
11181 }
11182 tail = XCDR (tail);
11183 }
11184 }
11185
11186 /* free palette table */
11187 {
11188 struct w32_palette_entry * plist;
11189
11190 plist = dpyinfo->color_list;
11191 while (plist)
11192 {
11193 struct w32_palette_entry * pentry = plist;
11194 plist = plist->next;
11195 xfree (pentry);
11196 }
11197 dpyinfo->color_list = NULL;
11198 if (dpyinfo->palette)
11199 DeleteObject(dpyinfo->palette);
11200 }
11201 xfree (dpyinfo->font_table);
11202 xfree (dpyinfo->w32_id_name);
11203
11204 /* Destroy row bitmaps. */
11205 DeleteObject (left_bmp);
11206 DeleteObject (ov_bmp);
11207 DeleteObject (right_bmp);
11208 DeleteObject (continued_bmp);
11209 DeleteObject (continuation_bmp);
11210 DeleteObject (zv_bmp);
11211 }
11212 \f
11213 /* Set up use of W32. */
11214
11215 DWORD w32_msg_worker ();
11216
11217 void
11218 x_flush (struct frame * f)
11219 { /* Nothing to do */ }
11220
11221 static struct redisplay_interface w32_redisplay_interface =
11222 {
11223 x_produce_glyphs,
11224 x_write_glyphs,
11225 x_insert_glyphs,
11226 x_clear_end_of_line,
11227 x_scroll_run,
11228 x_after_update_window_line,
11229 x_update_window_begin,
11230 x_update_window_end,
11231 w32_cursor_to,
11232 x_flush,
11233 x_clear_mouse_face,
11234 x_get_glyph_overhangs,
11235 x_fix_overlapping_area
11236 };
11237
11238 void
11239 w32_initialize ()
11240 {
11241 rif = &w32_redisplay_interface;
11242
11243 /* MSVC does not type K&R functions with no arguments correctly, and
11244 so we must explicitly cast them. */
11245 clear_frame_hook = (void (*)(void)) x_clear_frame;
11246 ring_bell_hook = (void (*)(void)) w32_ring_bell;
11247 update_begin_hook = x_update_begin;
11248 update_end_hook = x_update_end;
11249
11250 read_socket_hook = w32_read_socket;
11251
11252 frame_up_to_date_hook = w32_frame_up_to_date;
11253
11254 mouse_position_hook = w32_mouse_position;
11255 frame_rehighlight_hook = w32_frame_rehighlight;
11256 frame_raise_lower_hook = w32_frame_raise_lower;
11257 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook = w32_set_vertical_scroll_bar;
11258 condemn_scroll_bars_hook = w32_condemn_scroll_bars;
11259 redeem_scroll_bar_hook = w32_redeem_scroll_bar;
11260 judge_scroll_bars_hook = w32_judge_scroll_bars;
11261 estimate_mode_line_height_hook = x_estimate_mode_line_height;
11262
11263 scroll_region_ok = 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
11264 char_ins_del_ok = 1;
11265 line_ins_del_ok = 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
11266 fast_clear_end_of_line = 1; /* X does this well */
11267 memory_below_frame = 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
11268 off the bottom */
11269 baud_rate = 19200;
11270
11271 w32_system_caret_hwnd = NULL;
11272 w32_system_caret_height = 0;
11273 w32_system_caret_x = 0;
11274 w32_system_caret_y = 0;
11275
11276 last_tool_bar_item = -1;
11277 any_help_event_p = 0;
11278
11279 /* Initialize input mode: interrupt_input off, no flow control, allow
11280 8 bit character input, standard quit char. */
11281 Fset_input_mode (Qnil, Qnil, make_number (2), Qnil);
11282
11283 /* Create the window thread - it will terminate itself or when the app terminates */
11284
11285 init_crit ();
11286
11287 dwMainThreadId = GetCurrentThreadId ();
11288 DuplicateHandle (GetCurrentProcess (), GetCurrentThread (),
11289 GetCurrentProcess (), &hMainThread, 0, TRUE, DUPLICATE_SAME_ACCESS);
11290
11291 /* Wait for thread to start */
11292
11293 {
11294 MSG msg;
11295
11296 PeekMessage (&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE);
11297
11298 hWindowsThread = CreateThread (NULL, 0,
11299 (LPTHREAD_START_ROUTINE) w32_msg_worker,
11300 0, 0, &dwWindowsThreadId);
11301
11302 GetMessage (&msg, NULL, WM_EMACS_DONE, WM_EMACS_DONE);
11303 }
11304
11305 /* It is desirable that mainThread should have the same notion of
11306 focus window and active window as windowsThread. Unfortunately, the
11307 following call to AttachThreadInput, which should do precisely what
11308 we need, causes major problems when Emacs is linked as a console
11309 program. Unfortunately, we have good reasons for doing that, so
11310 instead we need to send messages to windowsThread to make some API
11311 calls for us (ones that affect, or depend on, the active/focus
11312 window state. */
11313 #ifdef ATTACH_THREADS
11314 AttachThreadInput (dwMainThreadId, dwWindowsThreadId, TRUE);
11315 #endif
11316
11317 /* Dynamically link to optional system components. */
11318 {
11319 HANDLE user_lib = LoadLibrary ("user32.dll");
11320
11321 #define LOAD_PROC(fn) pfn##fn = (void *) GetProcAddress (user_lib, #fn)
11322
11323 /* New proportional scroll bar functions. */
11324 LOAD_PROC (SetScrollInfo);
11325 LOAD_PROC (GetScrollInfo);
11326
11327 #undef LOAD_PROC
11328
11329 FreeLibrary (user_lib);
11330
11331 /* If using proportional scroll bars, ensure handle is at least 5 pixels;
11332 otherwise use the fixed height. */
11333 vertical_scroll_bar_min_handle = (pfnSetScrollInfo != NULL) ? 5 :
11334 GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVTHUMB);
11335
11336 /* For either kind of scroll bar, take account of the arrows; these
11337 effectively form the border of the main scroll bar range. */
11338 vertical_scroll_bar_top_border = vertical_scroll_bar_bottom_border
11339 = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYVSCROLL);
11340 }
11341 }
11342
11343 void
11344 syms_of_w32term ()
11345 {
11346 staticpro (&w32_display_name_list);
11347 w32_display_name_list = Qnil;
11348
11349 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar);
11350 last_mouse_scroll_bar = Qnil;
11351
11352 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms);
11353 Qvendor_specific_keysyms = intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
11354
11355 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-num-mouse-buttons",
11356 &Vw32_num_mouse_buttons,
11357 doc: /* Number of physical mouse buttons. */);
11358 Vw32_num_mouse_buttons = Qnil;
11359
11360 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-swap-mouse-buttons",
11361 &Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons,
11362 doc: /* Swap the mapping of middle and right mouse buttons.
11363 When nil, middle button is mouse-2 and right button is mouse-3. */);
11364 Vw32_swap_mouse_buttons = Qnil;
11365
11366 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-grab-focus-on-raise",
11367 &Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise,
11368 doc: /* Raised frame grabs input focus.
11369 When t, `raise-frame' grabs input focus as well. This fits well
11370 with the normal Windows click-to-focus policy, but might not be
11371 desirable when using a point-to-focus policy. */);
11372 Vw32_grab_focus_on_raise = Qt;
11373
11374 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-capslock-is-shiftlock",
11375 &Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock,
11376 doc: /* Apply CapsLock state to non character input keys.
11377 When nil, CapsLock only affects normal character input keys. */);
11378 Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock = Qnil;
11379
11380 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-recognize-altgr",
11381 &Vw32_recognize_altgr,
11382 doc: /* Recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr.
11383 When nil, the right-alt and left-ctrl key combination is
11384 interpreted normally. */);
11385 Vw32_recognize_altgr = Qt;
11386
11387 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-unicode-output",
11388 &w32_enable_unicode_output,
11389 doc: /* Enable the use of Unicode for text output if non-nil.
11390 Unicode output may prevent some third party applications for displaying
11391 Far-East Languages on Windows 95/98 from working properly.
11392 NT uses Unicode internally anyway, so this flag will probably have no
11393 affect on NT machines. */);
11394 w32_enable_unicode_output = 1;
11395
11396 help_echo = Qnil;
11397 staticpro (&help_echo);
11398 help_echo_object = Qnil;
11399 staticpro (&help_echo_object);
11400 help_echo_window = Qnil;
11401 staticpro (&help_echo_window);
11402 previous_help_echo = Qnil;
11403 staticpro (&previous_help_echo);
11404 help_echo_pos = -1;
11405
11406 DEFVAR_BOOL ("mouse-autoselect-window", &mouse_autoselect_window,
11407 doc: /* *Non-nil means autoselect window with mouse pointer. */);
11408 mouse_autoselect_window = 0;
11409
11410 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-use-visible-system-caret",
11411 &w32_use_visible_system_caret,
11412 doc: /* Flag to make the system caret visible.
11413 When this is non-nil, Emacs will indicate the position of point by
11414 using the system caret instead of drawing its own cursor. Some screen
11415 reader software does not track the system cursor properly when it is
11416 invisible, and gets confused by Emacs drawing its own cursor, so this
11417 variable is initialized to t when Emacs detects that screen reader
11418 software is running as it starts up.
11419
11420 When this variable is set, other variables affecting the appearance of
11421 the cursor have no effect. */);
11422
11423 /* Initialize w32_use_visible_system_caret based on whether a screen
11424 reader is in use. */
11425 if (!SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETSCREENREADER, 0,
11426 &w32_use_visible_system_caret, 0))
11427 w32_use_visible_system_caret = 0;
11428
11429 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p,
11430 doc: /* *Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.
11431 For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as
11432 wide as that tab on the display. */);
11433 x_stretch_cursor_p = 0;
11434
11435 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
11436 &x_use_underline_position_properties,
11437 doc: /* *Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
11438 nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
11439 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
11440 to 4.1, set this to nil. */);
11441 x_use_underline_position_properties = 1;
11442
11443 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", &Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars,
11444 doc: /* If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */);
11445 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars = Qt;
11446
11447 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame);
11448 last_mouse_motion_frame = Qnil;
11449 }